src/generic/grid.cpp

   1 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
   2 // Name:        src/generic/grid.cpp
   3 // Purpose:     wxGrid and related classes
   4 // Author:      Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn)
   5 // Modified by: Robin Dunn, Vadim Zeitlin
   6 // Created:     1/08/1999
   7 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
   8 // Copyright:   (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au)
   9 // Licence:     wxWindows licence
  10 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
  11
  12 // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h".
  13 #include "wx/wxprec.h"
  14
  15 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
  16     #pragma hdrstop
  17 #endif
  18
  19 #if wxUSE_GRID
  20
  21 #ifndef WX_PRECOMP
  22     #include "wx/utils.h"
  23     #include "wx/dcclient.h"
  24     #include "wx/settings.h"
  25     #include "wx/log.h"
  26     #include "wx/textctrl.h"
  27     #include "wx/checkbox.h"
  28     #include "wx/combobox.h"
  29     #include "wx/valtext.h"
  30     #include "wx/intl.h"
  31     #include "wx/math.h"
  32 #endif
  33
  34 #include "wx/textfile.h"
  35 #include "wx/spinctrl.h"
  36 #include "wx/tokenzr.h"
  37 #include "wx/renderer.h"
  38
  39 #include "wx/grid.h"
  40 #include "wx/generic/gridsel.h"
  41
  42 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
  43     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  WXUNUSED(identifier)
  44 #else
  45     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  identifier
  46 #endif
  47
  48 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
  49     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    WXUNUSED(identifier)
  50 #else
  51     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    identifier
  52 #endif
  53
  54 // Required for wxIs... functions
  55 #include <ctype.h>
  56
  57 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  58 // array classes
  59 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  60
  61 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridCellAttr *, wxArrayAttrs,
  62                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
  63
  64 struct wxGridCellWithAttr
  65 {
  66     wxGridCellWithAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr_)
  67         : coords(row, col), attr(attr_)
  68     {
  69     }
  70
  71     ~wxGridCellWithAttr()
  72     {
  73         attr->DecRef();
  74     }
  75
  76     wxGridCellCoords coords;
  77     wxGridCellAttr  *attr;
  78
  79 // Cannot do this:
  80 //  DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellWithAttr)
  81 // without rewriting the macros, which require a public copy constructor.
  82 };
  83
  84 WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(wxGridCellWithAttr, wxGridCellWithAttrArray,
  85                               class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
  86
  87 #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp"
  88
  89 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellCoordsArray)
  90 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttrArray)
  91
  92 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  93 // events
  94 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  95
  96 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK)
  97 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK)
  98 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK)
  99 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 100 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG)
 101 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK)
 102 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK)
 103 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 104 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 105 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE)
 106 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE)
 107 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT)
 108 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE)
 109 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL)
 110 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN)
 111 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN)
 112 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED)
 113
 114 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 115 // private classes
 116 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 117
 118 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowLabelWindow : public wxWindow
 119 {
 120 public:
 121     wxGridRowLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; }
 122     wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 123                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 124
 125 private:
 126     wxGrid   *m_owner;
 127
 128     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 129     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 130     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 131     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event );
 132     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 133     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 134
 135     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 136     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 137     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 138 };
 139
 140
 141 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridColLabelWindow : public wxWindow
 142 {
 143 public:
 144     wxGridColLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; }
 145     wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 146                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 147
 148 private:
 149     wxGrid   *m_owner;
 150
 151     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 152     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 153     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 154     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event );
 155     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 156     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 157
 158     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 159     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 160     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 161 };
 162
 163
 164 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCornerLabelWindow : public wxWindow
 165 {
 166 public:
 167     wxGridCornerLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; }
 168     wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 169                              const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 170
 171 private:
 172     wxGrid *m_owner;
 173
 174     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 175     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 176     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event );
 177     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 178     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 179     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 180
 181     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 182     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 183     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 184 };
 185
 186 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridWindow : public wxWindow
 187 {
 188 public:
 189     wxGridWindow()
 190     {
 191         m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL;
 192         m_rowLabelWin = (wxGridRowLabelWindow *)NULL;
 193         m_colLabelWin = (wxGridColLabelWindow *)NULL;
 194     }
 195
 196     wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
 197                   wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
 198                   wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
 199                   wxWindowID id, const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 200     ~wxGridWindow() {}
 201
 202     void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect );
 203
 204     wxGrid* GetOwner() { return m_owner; }
 205
 206 private:
 207     wxGrid                   *m_owner;
 208     wxGridRowLabelWindow     *m_rowLabelWin;
 209     wxGridColLabelWindow     *m_colLabelWin;
 210
 211     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event );
 212     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 213     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 214     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& );
 215     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 216     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 217     void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& );
 218     void OnFocus( wxFocusEvent& );
 219
 220     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 221     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 222     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 223 };
 224
 225
 226 class wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler : public wxEvtHandler
 227 {
 228 public:
 229     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(wxGrid* grid, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 230         : m_grid(grid),
 231           m_editor(editor),
 232           m_inSetFocus(false)
 233     {
 234     }
 235
 236     void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
 237     void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event);
 238     void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event);
 239
 240     void SetInSetFocus(bool inSetFocus) { m_inSetFocus = inSetFocus; }
 241
 242 private:
 243     wxGrid             *m_grid;
 244     wxGridCellEditor   *m_editor;
 245
 246     // Work around the fact that a focus kill event can be sent to
 247     // a combobox within a set focus event.
 248     bool                m_inSetFocus;
 249
 250     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 251     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 252     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 253 };
 254
 255
 256 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler)
 257
 258 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler )
 259     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus )
 260     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown )
 261     EVT_CHAR( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar )
 262 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 263
 264
 265 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 266 // the internal data representation used by wxGridCellAttrProvider
 267 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 268
 269 // this class stores attributes set for cells
 270 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrData
 271 {
 272 public:
 273     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col);
 274     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int row, int col) const;
 275     void UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows );
 276     void UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols );
 277
 278 private:
 279     // searches for the attr for given cell, returns wxNOT_FOUND if not found
 280     int FindIndex(int row, int col) const;
 281
 282     wxGridCellWithAttrArray m_attrs;
 283 };
 284
 285 // this class stores attributes set for rows or columns
 286 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowOrColAttrData
 287 {
 288 public:
 289     // empty ctor to suppress warnings
 290     wxGridRowOrColAttrData() {}
 291     ~wxGridRowOrColAttrData();
 292
 293     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol);
 294     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const;
 295     void UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols );
 296
 297 private:
 298     wxArrayInt m_rowsOrCols;
 299     wxArrayAttrs m_attrs;
 300 };
 301
 302 // NB: this is just a wrapper around 3 objects: one which stores cell
 303 //     attributes, and 2 others for row/col ones
 304 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrProviderData
 305 {
 306 public:
 307     wxGridCellAttrData m_cellAttrs;
 308     wxGridRowOrColAttrData m_rowAttrs,
 309                            m_colAttrs;
 310 };
 311
 312
 313 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 314 // data structures used for the data type registry
 315 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 316
 317 struct wxGridDataTypeInfo
 318 {
 319     wxGridDataTypeInfo(const wxString& typeName,
 320                        wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 321                        wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 322         : m_typeName(typeName), m_renderer(renderer), m_editor(editor)
 323         {}
 324
 325     ~wxGridDataTypeInfo()
 326     {
 327         wxSafeDecRef(m_renderer);
 328         wxSafeDecRef(m_editor);
 329     }
 330
 331     wxString            m_typeName;
 332     wxGridCellRenderer* m_renderer;
 333     wxGridCellEditor*   m_editor;
 334
 335     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridDataTypeInfo)
 336 };
 337
 338
 339 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridDataTypeInfo*, wxGridDataTypeInfoArray,
 340                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
 341
 342
 343 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridTypeRegistry
 344 {
 345 public:
 346   wxGridTypeRegistry() {}
 347     ~wxGridTypeRegistry();
 348
 349     void RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
 350                      wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 351                      wxGridCellEditor* editor);
 352
 353     // find one of already registered data types
 354     int FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 355
 356     // try to FindRegisteredDataType(), if this fails and typeName is one of
 357     // standard typenames, register it and return its index
 358     int FindDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 359
 360     // try to FindDataType(), if it fails see if it is not one of already
 361     // registered data types with some params in which case clone the
 362     // registered data type and set params for it
 363     int FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 364
 365     wxGridCellRenderer* GetRenderer(int index);
 366     wxGridCellEditor*   GetEditor(int index);
 367
 368 private:
 369     wxGridDataTypeInfoArray m_typeinfo;
 370 };
 371
 372
 373 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 374 // conditional compilation
 375 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 376
 377 #ifndef WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
 378 #define WXGRID_DRAW_LINES 1
 379 #endif
 380
 381 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 382 // globals
 383 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 384
 385 //#define DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 386 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 387     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheHits = 0;
 388     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheMisses = 0;
 389 #endif
 390
 391 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 392 // constants
 393 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 394
 395 wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords( -1, -1 );
 396 wxRect wxGridNoCellRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
 397
 398 // scroll line size
 399 // TODO: this doesn't work at all, grid cells have different sizes and approx
 400 //       calculations don't work as because of the size mismatch scrollbars
 401 //       sometimes fail to be shown when they should be or vice versa
 402 //
 403 //       The scroll bars may be a little flakey once in a while, but that is
 404 //       surely much less horrible than having scroll lines of only 1!!!
 405 //       -- Robin
 406 //
 407 //       Well, it's still seriously broken so it might be better but needs
 408 //       fixing anyhow
 409 //       -- Vadim
 410 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X = 15;  // 1;
 411 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 412
 413 // the size of hash tables used a bit everywhere (the max number of elements
 414 // in these hash tables is the number of rows/columns)
 415 static const int GRID_HASH_SIZE = 100;
 416
 417 #if 0
 418 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 419 // private functions
 420 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 421
 422 static inline int GetScrollX(int x)
 423 {
 424     return (x + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 425 }
 426
 427 static inline int GetScrollY(int y)
 428 {
 429     return (y + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
 430 }
 431 #endif
 432
 433 // ============================================================================
 434 // implementation
 435 // ============================================================================
 436
 437 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 438 // wxGridCellEditor
 439 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 440
 441 wxGridCellEditor::wxGridCellEditor()
 442 {
 443     m_control = NULL;
 444     m_attr = NULL;
 445 }
 446
 447 wxGridCellEditor::~wxGridCellEditor()
 448 {
 449     Destroy();
 450 }
 451
 452 void wxGridCellEditor::Create(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent),
 453                               wxWindowID WXUNUSED(id),
 454                               wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 455 {
 456     if ( evtHandler )
 457         m_control->PushEventHandler(evtHandler);
 458 }
 459
 460 void wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
 461                                        wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 462 {
 463     // erase the background because we might not fill the cell
 464     wxClientDC dc(m_control->GetParent());
 465     wxGridWindow* gridWindow = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetParent(), wxGridWindow);
 466     if (gridWindow)
 467         gridWindow->GetOwner()->PrepareDC(dc);
 468
 469     dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
 470     dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID));
 471     dc.DrawRectangle(rectCell);
 472
 473     // redraw the control we just painted over
 474     m_control->Refresh();
 475 }
 476
 477 void wxGridCellEditor::Destroy()
 478 {
 479     if (m_control)
 480     {
 481         m_control->PopEventHandler( true /* delete it*/ );
 482
 483         m_control->Destroy();
 484         m_control = NULL;
 485     }
 486 }
 487
 488 void wxGridCellEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 489 {
 490     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 491
 492     m_control->Show(show);
 493
 494     if ( show )
 495     {
 496         // set the colours/fonts if we have any
 497         if ( attr )
 498         {
 499             m_colFgOld = m_control->GetForegroundColour();
 500             m_control->SetForegroundColour(attr->GetTextColour());
 501
 502             m_colBgOld = m_control->GetBackgroundColour();
 503             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(attr->GetBackgroundColour());
 504
 505 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 506 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 507             m_fontOld = m_control->GetFont();
 508             m_control->SetFont(attr->GetFont());
 509 #endif
 510
 511             // can't do anything more in the base class version, the other
 512             // attributes may only be used by the derived classes
 513         }
 514     }
 515     else
 516     {
 517         // restore the standard colours fonts
 518         if ( m_colFgOld.Ok() )
 519         {
 520             m_control->SetForegroundColour(m_colFgOld);
 521             m_colFgOld = wxNullColour;
 522         }
 523
 524         if ( m_colBgOld.Ok() )
 525         {
 526             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(m_colBgOld);
 527             m_colBgOld = wxNullColour;
 528         }
 529
 530 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 531 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 532         if ( m_fontOld.Ok() )
 533         {
 534             m_control->SetFont(m_fontOld);
 535             m_fontOld = wxNullFont;
 536         }
 537 #endif
 538     }
 539 }
 540
 541 void wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rect)
 542 {
 543     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 544
 545     m_control->SetSize(rect, wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE);
 546 }
 547
 548 void wxGridCellEditor::HandleReturn(wxKeyEvent& event)
 549 {
 550     event.Skip();
 551 }
 552
 553 bool wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 554 {
 555     bool ctrl = event.ControlDown();
 556     bool alt  = event.AltDown();
 557
 558 #ifdef __WXMAC__
 559     // On the Mac the Alt key is more like shift and is used for entry of
 560     // valid characters, so check for Ctrl and Meta instead.
 561     alt = event.MetaDown();
 562 #endif
 563
 564     // Assume it's not a valid char if ctrl or alt is down, but if both are
 565     // down then it may be because of an AltGr key combination, so let them
 566     // through in that case.
 567     if ((ctrl || alt) && !(ctrl && alt))
 568         return false;
 569
 570     int key = 0;
 571     bool keyOk = true;
 572
 573 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 574     // if the unicode key code is not really a unicode character (it may
 575     // be a function key or etc., the platforms appear to always give us a
 576     // small value in this case) then fallback to the ASCII key code but
 577     // don't do anything for function keys or etc.
 578     key = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 579     if (key <= 127)
 580     {
 581         key = event.GetKeyCode();
 582         keyOk = (key <= 127);
 583     }
 584 #else
 585     key = event.GetKeyCode();
 586     keyOk = (key <= 255);
 587 #endif
 588
 589     return keyOk;
 590 }
 591
 592 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 593 {
 594     event.Skip();
 595 }
 596
 597 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingClick()
 598 {
 599 }
 600
 601 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
 602
 603 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 604 // wxGridCellTextEditor
 605 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 606
 607 wxGridCellTextEditor::wxGridCellTextEditor()
 608 {
 609     m_maxChars = 0;
 610 }
 611
 612 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 613                                   wxWindowID id,
 614                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 615 {
 616     m_control = new wxTextCtrl(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
 617                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize
 618 #if defined(__WXMSW__)
 619                                , wxTE_PROCESS_TAB | wxTE_AUTO_SCROLL
 620 #endif
 621                               );
 622
 623     // set max length allowed in the textctrl, if the parameter was set
 624     if (m_maxChars != 0)
 625     {
 626         ((wxTextCtrl*)m_control)->SetMaxLength(m_maxChars);
 627     }
 628
 629     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 630 }
 631
 632 void wxGridCellTextEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rectCell),
 633                                            wxGridCellAttr * WXUNUSED(attr))
 634 {
 635     // as we fill the entire client area,
 636     // don't do anything here to minimize flicker
 637 }
 638
 639 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rectOrig)
 640 {
 641     wxRect rect(rectOrig);
 642
 643     // Make the edit control large enough to allow for internal margins
 644     //
 645     // TODO: remove this if the text ctrl sizing is improved esp. for unix
 646     //
 647 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
 648     if (rect.x != 0)
 649     {
 650         rect.x += 1;
 651         rect.y += 1;
 652         rect.width -= 1;
 653         rect.height -= 1;
 654     }
 655 #else // !GTK
 656     int extra_x = ( rect.x > 2 ) ? 2 : 1;
 657
 658 // MB: treat MSW separately here otherwise the caret doesn't show
 659 // when the editor is in the first row.
 660 #if defined(__WXMSW__)
 661     int extra_y = 2;
 662 #else
 663     int extra_y = ( rect.y > 2 ) ? 2 : 1;
 664 #endif
 665
 666 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
 667     extra_x *= 2;
 668     extra_y *= 2;
 669 #endif
 670
 671     rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, rect.x - extra_x) );
 672     rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, rect.y - extra_y) );
 673     rect.SetRight( rect.GetRight() + 2 * extra_x );
 674     rect.SetBottom( rect.GetBottom() + 2 * extra_y );
 675 #endif // GTK/!GTK
 676
 677     wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(rect);
 678 }
 679
 680 void wxGridCellTextEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 681 {
 682     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 683
 684     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
 685
 686     DoBeginEdit(m_startValue);
 687 }
 688
 689 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoBeginEdit(const wxString& startValue)
 690 {
 691     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 692     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 693     Text()->SetSelection(-1, -1);
 694     Text()->SetFocus();
 695 }
 696
 697 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 698 {
 699     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 700
 701     bool changed = false;
 702     wxString value = Text()->GetValue();
 703     if (value != m_startValue)
 704         changed = true;
 705
 706     if (changed)
 707         grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
 708
 709     m_startValue = wxEmptyString;
 710
 711     // No point in setting the text of the hidden control
 712     //Text()->SetValue(m_startValue);
 713
 714     return changed;
 715 }
 716
 717 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Reset()
 718 {
 719     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 720
 721     DoReset(m_startValue);
 722 }
 723
 724 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoReset(const wxString& startValue)
 725 {
 726     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 727     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 728 }
 729
 730 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 731 {
 732     return wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event);
 733 }
 734
 735 void wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 736 {
 737     // Since this is now happening in the EVT_CHAR event EmulateKeyPress is no
 738     // longer an appropriate way to get the character into the text control.
 739     // Do it ourselves instead.  We know that if we get this far that we have
 740     // a valid character, so not a whole lot of testing needs to be done.
 741
 742     wxTextCtrl* tc = Text();
 743     wxChar ch;
 744     long pos;
 745
 746 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 747     ch = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 748     if (ch <= 127)
 749         ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 750 #else
 751     ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 752 #endif
 753
 754     switch (ch)
 755     {
 756         case WXK_DELETE:
 757             // delete the character at the cursor
 758             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 759             if (pos < tc->GetLastPosition())
 760                 tc->Remove(pos, pos + 1);
 761             break;
 762
 763         case WXK_BACK:
 764             // delete the character before the cursor
 765             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 766             if (pos > 0)
 767                 tc->Remove(pos - 1, pos);
 768             break;
 769
 770         default:
 771             tc->WriteText(ch);
 772             break;
 773     }
 774 }
 775
 776 void wxGridCellTextEditor::HandleReturn( wxKeyEvent&
 777                                          WXUNUSED_GTK(WXUNUSED_MOTIF(event)) )
 778 {
 779 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)
 780     // wxMotif needs a little extra help...
 781     size_t pos = (size_t)( Text()->GetInsertionPoint() );
 782     wxString s( Text()->GetValue() );
 783     s = s.Left(pos) + wxT("\n") + s.Mid(pos);
 784     Text()->SetValue(s);
 785     Text()->SetInsertionPoint( pos );
 786 #else
 787     // the other ports can handle a Return key press
 788     //
 789     event.Skip();
 790 #endif
 791 }
 792
 793 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
 794 {
 795     if ( !params )
 796     {
 797         // reset to default
 798         m_maxChars = 0;
 799     }
 800     else
 801     {
 802         long tmp;
 803         if ( !params.ToLong(&tmp) )
 804         {
 805             wxLogDebug( _T("Invalid wxGridCellTextEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str() );
 806         }
 807         else
 808         {
 809             m_maxChars = (size_t)tmp;
 810         }
 811     }
 812 }
 813
 814 // return the value in the text control
 815 wxString wxGridCellTextEditor::GetValue() const
 816 {
 817     return Text()->GetValue();
 818 }
 819
 820 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 821 // wxGridCellNumberEditor
 822 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 823
 824 wxGridCellNumberEditor::wxGridCellNumberEditor(int min, int max)
 825 {
 826     m_min = min;
 827     m_max = max;
 828 }
 829
 830 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 831                                     wxWindowID id,
 832                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 833 {
 834 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 835     if ( HasRange() )
 836     {
 837         // create a spin ctrl
 838         m_control = new wxSpinCtrl(parent, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString,
 839                                    wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
 840                                    wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
 841                                    m_min, m_max);
 842
 843         wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 844     }
 845     else
 846 #endif
 847     {
 848         // just a text control
 849         wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 850
 851 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
 852         Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
 853 #endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS
 854     }
 855 }
 856
 857 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 858 {
 859     // first get the value
 860     wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable();
 861     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
 862     {
 863         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsLong(row, col);
 864     }
 865     else
 866     {
 867         m_valueOld = 0;
 868         wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col);
 869         if (! sValue.ToLong(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty())
 870         {
 871             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have numeric value") );
 872             return;
 873         }
 874     }
 875
 876 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 877     if ( HasRange() )
 878     {
 879         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
 880         Spin()->SetFocus();
 881     }
 882     else
 883 #endif
 884     {
 885         DoBeginEdit(GetString());
 886     }
 887 }
 888
 889 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
 890                                      wxGrid* grid)
 891 {
 892     bool changed;
 893     long value = 0;
 894     wxString text;
 895
 896 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 897     if ( HasRange() )
 898     {
 899         value = Spin()->GetValue();
 900         changed = value != m_valueOld;
 901         if (changed)
 902             text = wxString::Format(wxT("%ld"), value);
 903     }
 904     else
 905 #endif
 906     {
 907         text = Text()->GetValue();
 908         changed = (text.empty() || text.ToLong(&value)) && (value != m_valueOld);
 909     }
 910
 911     if ( changed )
 912     {
 913         if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER))
 914             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsLong(row, col, value);
 915         else
 916             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text);
 917     }
 918
 919     return changed;
 920 }
 921
 922 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Reset()
 923 {
 924 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 925     if ( HasRange() )
 926     {
 927         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
 928     }
 929     else
 930 #endif
 931     {
 932         DoReset(GetString());
 933     }
 934 }
 935
 936 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 937 {
 938     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
 939     {
 940         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
 941         if ( (keycode < 128) &&
 942              (wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'))
 943         {
 944             return true;
 945         }
 946     }
 947
 948     return false;
 949 }
 950
 951 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 952 {
 953     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
 954     if ( !HasRange() )
 955     {
 956         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-')
 957         {
 958             wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
 959
 960             // skip Skip() below
 961             return;
 962         }
 963     }
 964 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 965     else
 966     {
 967         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) )
 968         {
 969             wxSpinCtrl* spin = (wxSpinCtrl*)m_control;
 970             spin->SetValue(keycode - '0');
 971             spin->SetSelection(1,1);
 972             return;
 973         }
 974     }
 975 #endif
 976
 977     event.Skip();
 978 }
 979
 980 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
 981 {
 982     if ( !params )
 983     {
 984         // reset to default
 985         m_min =
 986         m_max = -1;
 987     }
 988     else
 989     {
 990         long tmp;
 991         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
 992         {
 993             m_min = (int)tmp;
 994
 995             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
 996             {
 997                 m_max = (int)tmp;
 998
 999                 // skip the error message below
1000                 return;
1001             }
1002         }
1003
1004         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellNumberEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1005     }
1006 }
1007
1008 // return the value in the spin control if it is there (the text control otherwise)
1009 wxString wxGridCellNumberEditor::GetValue() const
1010 {
1011     wxString s;
1012
1013 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1014     if ( HasRange() )
1015     {
1016         long value = Spin()->GetValue();
1017         s.Printf(wxT("%ld"), value);
1018     }
1019     else
1020 #endif
1021     {
1022         s = Text()->GetValue();
1023     }
1024
1025     return s;
1026 }
1027
1028 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1029 // wxGridCellFloatEditor
1030 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1031
1032 wxGridCellFloatEditor::wxGridCellFloatEditor(int width, int precision)
1033 {
1034     m_width = width;
1035     m_precision = precision;
1036 }
1037
1038 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1039                                    wxWindowID id,
1040                                    wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1041 {
1042     wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1043
1044 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
1045     Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
1046 #endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS
1047 }
1048
1049 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1050 {
1051     // first get the value
1052     wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable();
1053     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
1054     {
1055         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
1056     }
1057     else
1058     {
1059         m_valueOld = 0.0;
1060         wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col);
1061         if (! sValue.ToDouble(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty())
1062         {
1063             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have float value") );
1064             return;
1065         }
1066     }
1067
1068     DoBeginEdit(GetString());
1069 }
1070
1071 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1072                                      wxGrid* grid)
1073 {
1074     double value = 0.0;
1075     wxString text(Text()->GetValue());
1076
1077     if ( (text.empty() || text.ToDouble(&value)) &&
1078             !wxIsSameDouble(value, m_valueOld) )
1079     {
1080         if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT))
1081             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsDouble(row, col, value);
1082         else
1083             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text);
1084
1085         return true;
1086     }
1087
1088     return false;
1089 }
1090
1091 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Reset()
1092 {
1093     DoReset(GetString());
1094 }
1095
1096 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1097 {
1098     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1099     char tmpbuf[2];
1100     tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1101     tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1102     wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1103
1104 #if wxUSE_INTL
1105     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf ==
1106        wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) );
1107 #else
1108     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == _T(".") );
1109 #endif
1110
1111     if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'
1112          || is_decimal_point )
1113     {
1114         wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
1115
1116         // skip Skip() below
1117         return;
1118     }
1119
1120     event.Skip();
1121 }
1122
1123 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1124 {
1125     if ( !params )
1126     {
1127         // reset to default
1128         m_width =
1129         m_precision = -1;
1130     }
1131     else
1132     {
1133         long tmp;
1134         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1135         {
1136             m_width = (int)tmp;
1137
1138             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1139             {
1140                 m_precision = (int)tmp;
1141
1142                 // skip the error message below
1143                 return;
1144             }
1145         }
1146
1147         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1148     }
1149 }
1150
1151 wxString wxGridCellFloatEditor::GetString() const
1152 {
1153     wxString fmt;
1154     if ( m_precision == -1 && m_width != -1)
1155     {
1156         // default precision
1157         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
1158     }
1159     else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width == -1)
1160     {
1161         // default width
1162         fmt.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
1163     }
1164     else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width != -1 )
1165     {
1166         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
1167     }
1168     else
1169     {
1170         // default width/precision
1171         fmt = _T("%f");
1172     }
1173
1174     return wxString::Format(fmt, m_valueOld);
1175 }
1176
1177 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1178 {
1179     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1180     {
1181         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1182         printf("%d\n", keycode);
1183         // accept digits, 'e' as in '1e+6', also '-', '+', and '.'
1184         char tmpbuf[2];
1185         tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1186         tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1187         wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1188
1189 #if wxUSE_INTL
1190         bool is_decimal_point =
1191             ( strbuf == wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT,
1192                                           wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) );
1193 #else
1194         bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == _T(".") );
1195 #endif
1196
1197         if ( (keycode < 128) &&
1198              (wxIsdigit(keycode) || tolower(keycode) == 'e' ||
1199               is_decimal_point || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-') )
1200         {
1201             return true;
1202         }
1203     }
1204
1205     return false;
1206 }
1207
1208 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
1209
1210 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1211
1212 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1213 // wxGridCellBoolEditor
1214 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1215
1216 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1217                                   wxWindowID id,
1218                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1219 {
1220     m_control = new wxCheckBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1221                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1222                                wxNO_BORDER);
1223
1224     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1225 }
1226
1227 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& r)
1228 {
1229     bool resize = false;
1230     wxSize size = m_control->GetSize();
1231     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(r.width, r.height);
1232
1233     // check if the checkbox is not too big/small for this cell
1234     wxSize sizeBest = m_control->GetBestSize();
1235     if ( !(size == sizeBest) )
1236     {
1237         // reset to default size if it had been made smaller
1238         size = sizeBest;
1239
1240         resize = true;
1241     }
1242
1243     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
1244     {
1245         // leave 1 pixel margin
1246         size.x = size.y = minSize - 2;
1247
1248         resize = true;
1249     }
1250
1251     if ( resize )
1252     {
1253         m_control->SetSize(size);
1254     }
1255
1256     // position it in the centre of the rectangle (TODO: support alignment?)
1257
1258 #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined (__WXMOTIF__)
1259     // the checkbox without label still has some space to the right in wxGTK,
1260     // so shift it to the right
1261     size.x -= 8;
1262 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
1263     // here too, but in other way
1264     size.x += 1;
1265     size.y -= 2;
1266 #endif
1267
1268     int hAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1269     int vAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1270     if (GetCellAttr())
1271         GetCellAttr()->GetAlignment(& hAlign, & vAlign);
1272
1273     int x = 0, y = 0;
1274     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
1275     {
1276         x = r.x + 2;
1277
1278 #ifdef __WXMSW__
1279         x += 2;
1280 #endif
1281
1282         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1283     }
1284     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
1285     {
1286         x = r.x + r.width - size.x - 2;
1287         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1288     }
1289     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
1290     {
1291         x = r.x + r.width / 2 - size.x / 2;
1292         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1293     }
1294
1295     m_control->Move(x, y);
1296 }
1297
1298 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
1299 {
1300     m_control->Show(show);
1301
1302     if ( show )
1303     {
1304         wxColour colBg = attr ? attr->GetBackgroundColour() : *wxLIGHT_GREY;
1305         CBox()->SetBackgroundColour(colBg);
1306     }
1307 }
1308
1309 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1310 {
1311     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1312                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
1313
1314     if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL))
1315     {
1316         m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
1317     }
1318     else
1319     {
1320         wxString cellval( grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
1321         m_startValue = !( !cellval || (cellval == wxT("0")) );
1322     }
1323
1324     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1325     CBox()->SetFocus();
1326 }
1327
1328 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1329                                    wxGrid* grid)
1330 {
1331     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1332                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
1333
1334     bool changed = false;
1335     bool value = CBox()->GetValue();
1336     if ( value != m_startValue )
1337         changed = true;
1338
1339     if ( changed )
1340     {
1341         if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL))
1342             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsBool(row, col, value);
1343         else
1344             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value ? _T("1") : wxEmptyString);
1345     }
1346
1347     return changed;
1348 }
1349
1350 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Reset()
1351 {
1352     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1353                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
1354
1355     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1356 }
1357
1358 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingClick()
1359 {
1360     CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1361 }
1362
1363 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1364 {
1365     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1366     {
1367         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1368         switch ( keycode )
1369         {
1370             case WXK_SPACE:
1371             case '+':
1372             case '-':
1373                 return true;
1374         }
1375     }
1376
1377     return false;
1378 }
1379
1380 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1381 {
1382     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1383     switch ( keycode )
1384     {
1385         case WXK_SPACE:
1386             CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1387             break;
1388
1389         case '+':
1390             CBox()->SetValue(true);
1391             break;
1392
1393         case '-':
1394             CBox()->SetValue(false);
1395             break;
1396     }
1397 }
1398
1399
1400 // return the value as "1" for true and the empty string for false
1401 wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::GetValue() const
1402 {
1403   bool bSet = CBox()->GetValue();
1404   return bSet ? _T("1") : wxEmptyString;
1405 }
1406
1407 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1408
1409 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1410
1411 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1412 // wxGridCellChoiceEditor
1413 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1414
1415 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(const wxArrayString& choices,
1416                                                bool allowOthers)
1417     : m_choices(choices),
1418       m_allowOthers(allowOthers) { }
1419
1420 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(size_t count,
1421                                                const wxString choices[],
1422                                                bool allowOthers)
1423                       : m_allowOthers(allowOthers)
1424 {
1425     if ( count )
1426     {
1427         m_choices.Alloc(count);
1428         for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
1429         {
1430             m_choices.Add(choices[n]);
1431         }
1432     }
1433 }
1434
1435 wxGridCellEditor *wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Clone() const
1436 {
1437     wxGridCellChoiceEditor *editor = new wxGridCellChoiceEditor;
1438     editor->m_allowOthers = m_allowOthers;
1439     editor->m_choices = m_choices;
1440
1441     return editor;
1442 }
1443
1444 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1445                                     wxWindowID id,
1446                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1447 {
1448     m_control = new wxComboBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1449                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1450                                m_choices,
1451                                m_allowOthers ? 0 : wxCB_READONLY);
1452
1453     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1454 }
1455
1456 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
1457                                              wxGridCellAttr * attr)
1458 {
1459     // as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize
1460     // flicker
1461
1462     // TODO: It doesn't actually fill the client area since the height of a
1463     // combo always defaults to the standard...  Until someone has time to
1464     // figure out the right rectangle to paint, just do it the normal way...
1465     wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(rectCell, attr);
1466 }
1467
1468 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1469 {
1470     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1471                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
1472
1473     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler* evtHandler = NULL;
1474     if (m_control)
1475         evtHandler = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetEventHandler(), wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler);
1476
1477     // Don't immediately end if we get a kill focus event within BeginEdit
1478     if (evtHandler)
1479         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(true);
1480
1481     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
1482
1483     if (m_allowOthers)
1484     {
1485         Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1486     }
1487     else
1488     {
1489         // find the right position, or default to the first if not found
1490         int pos = Combo()->FindString(m_startValue);
1491         if (pos == wxNOT_FOUND)
1492             pos = 0;
1493         Combo()->SetSelection(pos);
1494     }
1495
1496     Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1497     Combo()->SetFocus();
1498
1499     if (evtHandler)
1500     {
1501         // When dropping down the menu, a kill focus event
1502         // happens after this point, so we can't reset the flag yet.
1503 #if !defined(__WXGTK20__)
1504         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(false);
1505 #endif
1506     }
1507 }
1508
1509 bool wxGridCellChoiceEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1510                                      wxGrid* grid)
1511 {
1512     wxString value = Combo()->GetValue();
1513     if ( value == m_startValue )
1514         return false;
1515
1516     grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
1517
1518     return true;
1519 }
1520
1521 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Reset()
1522 {
1523     Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1524     Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1525 }
1526
1527 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1528 {
1529     if ( !params )
1530     {
1531         // what can we do?
1532         return;
1533     }
1534
1535     m_choices.Empty();
1536
1537     wxStringTokenizer tk(params, _T(','));
1538     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1539     {
1540         m_choices.Add(tk.GetNextToken());
1541     }
1542 }
1543
1544 // return the value in the text control
1545 wxString wxGridCellChoiceEditor::GetValue() const
1546 {
1547   return Combo()->GetValue();
1548 }
1549
1550 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1551
1552 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1553 // wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler
1554 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1555
1556 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
1557 {
1558     // Don't disable the cell if we're just starting to edit it
1559     if (m_inSetFocus)
1560         return;
1561
1562     // accept changes
1563     m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1564
1565     event.Skip();
1566 }
1567
1568 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event)
1569 {
1570     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1571     {
1572         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1573             m_editor->Reset();
1574             m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1575             break;
1576
1577         case WXK_TAB:
1578             m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
1579             break;
1580
1581         case WXK_RETURN:
1582         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1583             if (!m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
1584                 m_editor->HandleReturn(event);
1585             break;
1586
1587         default:
1588             event.Skip();
1589             break;
1590     }
1591 }
1592
1593 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event)
1594 {
1595     int row = m_grid->GetGridCursorRow();
1596     int col = m_grid->GetGridCursorCol();
1597     wxRect rect = m_grid->CellToRect( row, col );
1598     int cw, ch;
1599     m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
1600
1601     // if cell width is smaller than grid client area, cell is wholly visible
1602     bool wholeCellVisible = (rect.GetWidth() < cw);
1603
1604     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1605     {
1606         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1607         case WXK_TAB:
1608         case WXK_RETURN:
1609         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1610             break;
1611
1612         case WXK_HOME:
1613         {
1614             if ( wholeCellVisible )
1615             {
1616                 // no special processing needed...
1617                 event.Skip();
1618                 break;
1619             }
1620
1621             // do special processing for partly visible cell...
1622
1623             // get the widths of all cells previous to this one
1624             int colXPos = 0;
1625             for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ )
1626             {
1627                 colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i);
1628             }
1629
1630             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
1631             m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
1632             if (col != 0)
1633             {
1634                 m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1635             }
1636             else
1637             {
1638                 m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1639             }
1640             event.Skip();
1641             break;
1642         }
1643         case WXK_END:
1644         {
1645             if ( wholeCellVisible )
1646             {
1647                 // no special processing needed...
1648                 event.Skip();
1649                 break;
1650             }
1651
1652             // do special processing for partly visible cell...
1653
1654             int textWidth = 0;
1655             wxString value = m_grid->GetCellValue(row, col);
1656             if ( wxEmptyString != value )
1657             {
1658                 // get width of cell CONTENTS (text)
1659                 int y;
1660                 wxFont font = m_grid->GetCellFont(row, col);
1661                 m_grid->GetTextExtent(value, &textWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &font);
1662
1663                 // try to RIGHT align the text by scrolling
1664                 int client_right = m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
1665
1666                 // (m_grid->GetScrollLineX()*2) is a factor for not scrolling to far,
1667                 // otherwise the last part of the cell content might be hidden below the scroll bar
1668                 // FIXME: maybe there is a more suitable correction?
1669                 textWidth -= (client_right - (m_grid->GetScrollLineX() * 2));
1670                 if ( textWidth < 0 )
1671                 {
1672                     textWidth = 0;
1673                 }
1674             }
1675
1676             // get the widths of all cells previous to this one
1677             int colXPos = 0;
1678             for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ )
1679             {
1680                 colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i);
1681             }
1682
1683             // and add the (modified) text width of the cell contents
1684             // as we'd like to see the last part of the cell contents
1685             colXPos += textWidth;
1686
1687             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
1688             m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
1689             m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1690             event.Skip();
1691             break;
1692         }
1693
1694         default:
1695             event.Skip();
1696     }
1697 }
1698
1699 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1700 // wxGridCellWorker is an (almost) empty common base class for
1701 // wxGridCellRenderer and wxGridCellEditor managing ref counting
1702 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1703
1704 void wxGridCellWorker::SetParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(params))
1705 {
1706     // nothing to do
1707 }
1708
1709 wxGridCellWorker::~wxGridCellWorker()
1710 {
1711 }
1712
1713 // ============================================================================
1714 // renderer classes
1715 // ============================================================================
1716
1717 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1718 // wxGridCellRenderer
1719 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1720
1721 void wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1722                               wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1723                               wxDC& dc,
1724                               const wxRect& rect,
1725                               int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1726                               bool isSelected)
1727 {
1728     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxSOLID );
1729
1730     // grey out fields if the grid is disabled
1731     if ( grid.IsEnabled() )
1732     {
1733         if ( isSelected )
1734         {
1735             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(grid.GetSelectionBackground(), wxSOLID) );
1736         }
1737         else
1738         {
1739             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(attr.GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) );
1740         }
1741     }
1742     else
1743     {
1744         dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE), wxSOLID));
1745     }
1746
1747     dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
1748     dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
1749 }
1750
1751 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1752 // wxGridCellStringRenderer
1753 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1754
1755 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::SetTextColoursAndFont(const wxGrid& grid,
1756                                                      const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1757                                                      wxDC& dc,
1758                                                      bool isSelected)
1759 {
1760     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
1761
1762     // TODO some special colours for attr.IsReadOnly() case?
1763
1764     // different coloured text when the grid is disabled
1765     if ( grid.IsEnabled() )
1766     {
1767       if ( isSelected )
1768       {
1769           dc.SetTextBackground( grid.GetSelectionBackground() );
1770           dc.SetTextForeground( grid.GetSelectionForeground() );
1771       }
1772       else
1773       {
1774           dc.SetTextBackground( attr.GetBackgroundColour() );
1775           dc.SetTextForeground( attr.GetTextColour() );
1776       }
1777     }
1778     else
1779     {
1780       dc.SetTextBackground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE));
1781       dc.SetTextForeground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_GRAYTEXT));
1782     }
1783
1784     dc.SetFont( attr.GetFont() );
1785 }
1786
1787 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::DoGetBestSize(const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1788                                                wxDC& dc,
1789                                                const wxString& text)
1790 {
1791     wxCoord x = 0, y = 0, max_x = 0;
1792     dc.SetFont(attr.GetFont());
1793     wxStringTokenizer tk(text, _T('\n'));
1794     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1795     {
1796         dc.GetTextExtent(tk.GetNextToken(), &x, &y);
1797         max_x = wxMax(max_x, x);
1798     }
1799
1800     y *= 1 + text.Freq(wxT('\n')); // multiply by the number of lines.
1801
1802     return wxSize(max_x, y);
1803 }
1804
1805 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
1806                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1807                                              wxDC& dc,
1808                                              int row, int col)
1809 {
1810     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col));
1811 }
1812
1813 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1814                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1815                                     wxDC& dc,
1816                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
1817                                     int row, int col,
1818                                     bool isSelected)
1819 {
1820     wxRect rect = rectCell;
1821     rect.Inflate(-1);
1822
1823     // erase only this cells background, overflow cells should have been erased
1824     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
1825
1826     int hAlign, vAlign;
1827     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
1828
1829     int overflowCols = 0;
1830
1831     if (attr.GetOverflow())
1832     {
1833         int cols = grid.GetNumberCols();
1834         int best_width = GetBestSize(grid,attr,dc,row,col).GetWidth();
1835         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
1836         attr.GetSize( &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); // shouldn't get here if <= 0
1837         if ((best_width > rectCell.width) && (col < cols) && grid.GetTable())
1838         {
1839             int i, c_cols, c_rows;
1840             for (i = col+cell_cols; i < cols; i++)
1841             {
1842                 bool is_empty = true;
1843                 for (int j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
1844                 {
1845                     // check w/ anchor cell for multicell block
1846                     grid.GetCellSize(j, i, &c_rows, &c_cols);
1847                     if (c_rows > 0)
1848                         c_rows = 0;
1849                     if (!grid.GetTable()->IsEmptyCell(j + c_rows, i))
1850                     {
1851                         is_empty = false;
1852                         break;
1853                     }
1854                 }
1855
1856                 if (is_empty)
1857                     rect.width += grid.GetColSize(i);
1858                 else
1859                 {
1860                     i--;
1861                     break;
1862                 }
1863
1864                 if (rect.width >= best_width)
1865                     break;
1866             }
1867
1868             overflowCols = i - col - cell_cols + 1;
1869             if (overflowCols >= cols)
1870                 overflowCols = cols - 1;
1871         }
1872
1873         if (overflowCols > 0) // redraw overflow cells w/ proper hilight
1874         {
1875             hAlign = wxALIGN_LEFT; // if oveflowed then it's left aligned
1876             wxRect clip = rect;
1877             clip.x += rectCell.width;
1878             // draw each overflow cell individually
1879             int col_end = col+cell_cols + overflowCols;
1880             if (col_end >= grid.GetNumberCols())
1881                 col_end = grid.GetNumberCols() - 1;
1882             for (int i = col+cell_cols; i <= col_end; i++)
1883             {
1884                 clip.width = grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
1885                 dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
1886                 dc.SetClippingRegion(clip);
1887
1888                 SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc,
1889                         grid.IsInSelection(row,i));
1890
1891                 grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
1892                         rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1893                 clip.x += grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
1894             }
1895
1896             rect = rectCell;
1897             rect.Inflate(-1);
1898             rect.width++;
1899             dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
1900         }
1901     }
1902
1903     // now we only have to draw the text
1904     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
1905
1906     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
1907                            rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1908 }
1909
1910 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1911 // wxGridCellNumberRenderer
1912 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1913
1914 wxString wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
1915 {
1916     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
1917     wxString text;
1918     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
1919     {
1920         text.Printf(_T("%ld"), table->GetValueAsLong(row, col));
1921     }
1922     else
1923     {
1924         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
1925     }
1926
1927     return text;
1928 }
1929
1930 void wxGridCellNumberRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1931                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1932                                     wxDC& dc,
1933                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
1934                                     int row, int col,
1935                                     bool isSelected)
1936 {
1937     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
1938
1939     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
1940
1941     // draw the text right aligned by default
1942     int hAlign, vAlign;
1943     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
1944     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
1945
1946     wxRect rect = rectCell;
1947     rect.Inflate(-1);
1948
1949     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1950 }
1951
1952 wxSize wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
1953                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1954                                              wxDC& dc,
1955                                              int row, int col)
1956 {
1957     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
1958 }
1959
1960 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1961 // wxGridCellFloatRenderer
1962 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1963
1964 wxGridCellFloatRenderer::wxGridCellFloatRenderer(int width, int precision)
1965 {
1966     SetWidth(width);
1967     SetPrecision(precision);
1968 }
1969
1970 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Clone() const
1971 {
1972     wxGridCellFloatRenderer *renderer = new wxGridCellFloatRenderer;
1973     renderer->m_width = m_width;
1974     renderer->m_precision = m_precision;
1975     renderer->m_format = m_format;
1976
1977     return renderer;
1978 }
1979
1980 wxString wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
1981 {
1982     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
1983
1984     bool hasDouble;
1985     double val;
1986     wxString text;
1987     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
1988     {
1989         val = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
1990         hasDouble = true;
1991     }
1992     else
1993     {
1994         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
1995         hasDouble = text.ToDouble(&val);
1996     }
1997
1998     if ( hasDouble )
1999     {
2000         if ( !m_format )
2001         {
2002             if ( m_width == -1 )
2003             {
2004                 if ( m_precision == -1 )
2005                 {
2006                     // default width/precision
2007                     m_format = _T("%f");
2008                 }
2009                 else
2010                 {
2011                     m_format.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
2012                 }
2013             }
2014             else if ( m_precision == -1 )
2015             {
2016                 // default precision
2017                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
2018             }
2019             else
2020             {
2021                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
2022             }
2023         }
2024
2025         text.Printf(m_format, val);
2026
2027     }
2028     //else: text already contains the string
2029
2030     return text;
2031 }
2032
2033 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2034                                    wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2035                                    wxDC& dc,
2036                                    const wxRect& rectCell,
2037                                    int row, int col,
2038                                    bool isSelected)
2039 {
2040     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
2041
2042     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2043
2044     // draw the text right aligned by default
2045     int hAlign, vAlign;
2046     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2047     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
2048
2049     wxRect rect = rectCell;
2050     rect.Inflate(-1);
2051
2052     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2053 }
2054
2055 wxSize wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2056                                             wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2057                                             wxDC& dc,
2058                                             int row, int col)
2059 {
2060     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
2061 }
2062
2063 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
2064 {
2065     if ( !params )
2066     {
2067         // reset to defaults
2068         SetWidth(-1);
2069         SetPrecision(-1);
2070     }
2071     else
2072     {
2073         wxString tmp = params.BeforeFirst(_T(','));
2074         if ( !tmp.empty() )
2075         {
2076             long width;
2077             if ( tmp.ToLong(&width) )
2078             {
2079                 SetWidth((int)width);
2080             }
2081             else
2082             {
2083                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer width parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
2084             }
2085         }
2086
2087         tmp = params.AfterFirst(_T(','));
2088         if ( !tmp.empty() )
2089         {
2090             long precision;
2091             if ( tmp.ToLong(&precision) )
2092             {
2093                 SetPrecision((int)precision);
2094             }
2095             else
2096             {
2097                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer precision parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
2098             }
2099         }
2100     }
2101 }
2102
2103 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2104 // wxGridCellBoolRenderer
2105 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2106
2107 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::ms_sizeCheckMark;
2108
2109 // FIXME these checkbox size calculations are really ugly...
2110
2111 // between checkmark and box
2112 static const wxCoord wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN = 2;
2113
2114 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2115                                            wxGridCellAttr& WXUNUSED(attr),
2116                                            wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc),
2117                                            int WXUNUSED(row),
2118                                            int WXUNUSED(col))
2119 {
2120     // compute it only once (no locks for MT safeness in GUI thread...)
2121     if ( !ms_sizeCheckMark.x )
2122     {
2123         // get checkbox size
2124         wxCheckBox *checkbox = new wxCheckBox(&grid, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString);
2125         wxSize size = checkbox->GetBestSize();
2126         wxCoord checkSize = size.y + 2 * wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN;
2127
2128         // FIXME wxGTK::wxCheckBox::GetBestSize() gives "wrong" result
2129 #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXMOTIF__)
2130         checkSize -= size.y / 2;
2131 #endif
2132
2133         delete checkbox;
2134
2135         ms_sizeCheckMark.x = ms_sizeCheckMark.y = checkSize;
2136     }
2137
2138     return ms_sizeCheckMark;
2139 }
2140
2141 void wxGridCellBoolRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2142                                   wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2143                                   wxDC& dc,
2144                                   const wxRect& rect,
2145                                   int row, int col,
2146                                   bool isSelected)
2147 {
2148     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rect, row, col, isSelected);
2149
2150     // draw a check mark in the centre (ignoring alignment - TODO)
2151     wxSize size = GetBestSize(grid, attr, dc, row, col);
2152
2153     // don't draw outside the cell
2154     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(rect.width, rect.height);
2155     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
2156     {
2157         // and even leave (at least) 1 pixel margin
2158         size.x = size.y = minSize - 2;
2159     }
2160
2161     // draw a border around checkmark
2162     int vAlign, hAlign;
2163     attr.GetAlignment(& hAlign, &vAlign);
2164
2165     wxRect rectBorder;
2166     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
2167     {
2168         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width / 2 - size.x / 2;
2169         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2170         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2171         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2172     }
2173     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
2174     {
2175         rectBorder.x = rect.x + 2;
2176         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2177         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2178         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2179     }
2180     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
2181     {
2182         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width - size.x - 2;
2183         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2184         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2185         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2186     }
2187
2188     bool value;
2189     if ( grid.GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) )
2190         value = grid.GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
2191     else
2192     {
2193         wxString cellval( grid.GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
2194         value = !( !cellval || (cellval == wxT("0")) );
2195     }
2196
2197     if ( value )
2198     {
2199         wxRect rectMark = rectBorder;
2200
2201 #ifdef __WXMSW__
2202         // MSW DrawCheckMark() is weird (and should probably be changed...)
2203         rectMark.Inflate(-wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN / 2);
2204         rectMark.x++;
2205         rectMark.y++;
2206 #else
2207         rectMark.Inflate(-wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN);
2208 #endif
2209
2210         dc.SetTextForeground(attr.GetTextColour());
2211         dc.DrawCheckMark(rectMark);
2212     }
2213
2214     dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
2215     dc.SetPen(wxPen(attr.GetTextColour(), 1, wxSOLID));
2216     dc.DrawRectangle(rectBorder);
2217 }
2218
2219 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2220 // wxGridCellAttr
2221 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2222
2223 void wxGridCellAttr::Init(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault)
2224 {
2225     m_nRef = 1;
2226
2227     m_isReadOnly = Unset;
2228
2229     m_renderer = NULL;
2230     m_editor = NULL;
2231
2232     m_attrkind = wxGridCellAttr::Cell;
2233
2234     m_sizeRows = m_sizeCols = 1;
2235     m_overflow = UnsetOverflow;
2236
2237     SetDefAttr(attrDefault);
2238 }
2239
2240 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttr::Clone() const
2241 {
2242     wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defGridAttr);
2243
2244     if ( HasTextColour() )
2245         attr->SetTextColour(GetTextColour());
2246     if ( HasBackgroundColour() )
2247         attr->SetBackgroundColour(GetBackgroundColour());
2248     if ( HasFont() )
2249         attr->SetFont(GetFont());
2250     if ( HasAlignment() )
2251         attr->SetAlignment(m_hAlign, m_vAlign);
2252
2253     attr->SetSize( m_sizeRows, m_sizeCols );
2254
2255     if ( m_renderer )
2256     {
2257         attr->SetRenderer(m_renderer);
2258         m_renderer->IncRef();
2259     }
2260     if ( m_editor )
2261     {
2262         attr->SetEditor(m_editor);
2263         m_editor->IncRef();
2264     }
2265
2266     if ( IsReadOnly() )
2267         attr->SetReadOnly();
2268
2269     attr->SetKind( m_attrkind );
2270
2271     return attr;
2272 }
2273
2274 void wxGridCellAttr::MergeWith(wxGridCellAttr *mergefrom)
2275 {
2276     if ( !HasTextColour() && mergefrom->HasTextColour() )
2277         SetTextColour(mergefrom->GetTextColour());
2278     if ( !HasBackgroundColour() && mergefrom->HasBackgroundColour() )
2279         SetBackgroundColour(mergefrom->GetBackgroundColour());
2280     if ( !HasFont() && mergefrom->HasFont() )
2281         SetFont(mergefrom->GetFont());
2282     if ( !HasAlignment() && mergefrom->HasAlignment() )
2283     {
2284         int hAlign, vAlign;
2285         mergefrom->GetAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign);
2286         SetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2287     }
2288     if ( !HasSize() && mergefrom->HasSize() )
2289         mergefrom->GetSize( &m_sizeRows, &m_sizeCols );
2290
2291     // Directly access member functions as GetRender/Editor don't just return
2292     // m_renderer/m_editor
2293     //
2294     // Maybe add support for merge of Render and Editor?
2295     if (!HasRenderer() && mergefrom->HasRenderer() )
2296     {
2297         m_renderer = mergefrom->m_renderer;
2298         m_renderer->IncRef();
2299     }
2300     if ( !HasEditor() && mergefrom->HasEditor() )
2301     {
2302         m_editor =  mergefrom->m_editor;
2303         m_editor->IncRef();
2304     }
2305     if ( !HasReadWriteMode() && mergefrom->HasReadWriteMode() )
2306         SetReadOnly(mergefrom->IsReadOnly());
2307
2308     if (!HasOverflowMode() && mergefrom->HasOverflowMode() )
2309         SetOverflow(mergefrom->GetOverflow());
2310
2311     SetDefAttr(mergefrom->m_defGridAttr);
2312 }
2313
2314 void wxGridCellAttr::SetSize(int num_rows, int num_cols)
2315 {
2316     // The size of a cell is normally 1,1
2317
2318     // If this cell is larger (2,2) then this is the top left cell
2319     // the other cells that will be covered (lower right cells) must be
2320     // set to negative or zero values such that
2321     // row + num_rows of the covered cell points to the larger cell (this cell)
2322     // same goes for the col + num_cols.
2323
2324     // Size of 0,0 is NOT valid, neither is <=0 and any positive value
2325
2326     wxASSERT_MSG( (!((num_rows > 0) && (num_cols <= 0)) ||
2327                   !((num_rows <= 0) && (num_cols > 0)) ||
2328                   !((num_rows == 0) && (num_cols == 0))),
2329                   wxT("wxGridCellAttr::SetSize only takes two postive values or negative/zero values"));
2330
2331     m_sizeRows = num_rows;
2332     m_sizeCols = num_cols;
2333 }
2334
2335 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetTextColour() const
2336 {
2337     if (HasTextColour())
2338     {
2339         return m_colText;
2340     }
2341     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2342     {
2343         return m_defGridAttr->GetTextColour();
2344     }
2345     else
2346     {
2347         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2348         return wxNullColour;
2349     }
2350 }
2351
2352 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetBackgroundColour() const
2353 {
2354     if (HasBackgroundColour())
2355     {
2356         return m_colBack;
2357     }
2358     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2359     {
2360         return m_defGridAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
2361     }
2362     else
2363     {
2364         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2365         return wxNullColour;
2366     }
2367 }
2368
2369 const wxFont& wxGridCellAttr::GetFont() const
2370 {
2371     if (HasFont())
2372     {
2373         return m_font;
2374     }
2375     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2376     {
2377         return m_defGridAttr->GetFont();
2378     }
2379     else
2380     {
2381         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2382         return wxNullFont;
2383     }
2384 }
2385
2386 void wxGridCellAttr::GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const
2387 {
2388     if (HasAlignment())
2389     {
2390         if ( hAlign )
2391             *hAlign = m_hAlign;
2392         if ( vAlign )
2393             *vAlign = m_vAlign;
2394     }
2395     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2396         m_defGridAttr->GetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2397     else
2398     {
2399         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2400     }
2401 }
2402
2403 void wxGridCellAttr::GetSize( int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
2404 {
2405     if ( num_rows )
2406         *num_rows = m_sizeRows;
2407     if ( num_cols )
2408         *num_cols = m_sizeCols;
2409 }
2410
2411 // GetRenderer and GetEditor use a slightly different decision path about
2412 // which attribute to use.  If a non-default attr object has one then it is
2413 // used, otherwise the default editor or renderer is fetched from the grid and
2414 // used.  It should be the default for the data type of the cell.  If it is
2415 // NULL (because the table has a type that the grid does not have in its
2416 // registry,) then the grid's default editor or renderer is used.
2417
2418 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridCellAttr::GetRenderer(wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2419 {
2420     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer;
2421
2422     if ( m_renderer && this != m_defGridAttr )
2423     {
2424         // use the cells renderer if it has one
2425         renderer = m_renderer;
2426         renderer->IncRef();
2427     }
2428     else // no non-default cell renderer
2429     {
2430         // get default renderer for the data type
2431         if ( grid )
2432         {
2433             // GetDefaultRendererForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2434             renderer = grid->GetDefaultRendererForCell(row, col);
2435         }
2436         else
2437         {
2438             renderer = NULL;
2439         }
2440
2441         if ( !renderer )
2442         {
2443             if (m_defGridAttr &&  this != m_defGridAttr )
2444             {
2445                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2446                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2447                 renderer = m_defGridAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
2448             }
2449             else // default grid attr
2450             {
2451                 // use m_renderer which we had decided not to use initially
2452                 renderer = m_renderer;
2453                 if ( renderer )
2454                     renderer->IncRef();
2455             }
2456         }
2457     }
2458
2459     // we're supposed to always find something
2460     wxASSERT_MSG(renderer, wxT("Missing default cell renderer"));
2461
2462     return renderer;
2463 }
2464
2465 // same as above, except for s/renderer/editor/g
2466 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridCellAttr::GetEditor(wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2467 {
2468     wxGridCellEditor *editor;
2469
2470     if ( m_editor && this != m_defGridAttr )
2471     {
2472         // use the cells editor if it has one
2473         editor = m_editor;
2474         editor->IncRef();
2475     }
2476     else // no non default cell editor
2477     {
2478         // get default editor for the data type
2479         if ( grid )
2480         {
2481             // GetDefaultEditorForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2482             editor = grid->GetDefaultEditorForCell(row, col);
2483         }
2484         else
2485         {
2486             editor = NULL;
2487         }
2488
2489         if ( !editor )
2490         {
2491             if ( m_defGridAttr && this != m_defGridAttr )
2492             {
2493                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2494                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2495                 editor = m_defGridAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
2496             }
2497             else // default grid attr
2498             {
2499                 // use m_editor which we had decided not to use initially
2500                 editor = m_editor;
2501                 if ( editor )
2502                     editor->IncRef();
2503             }
2504         }
2505     }
2506
2507     // we're supposed to always find something
2508     wxASSERT_MSG(editor, wxT("Missing default cell editor"));
2509
2510     return editor;
2511 }
2512
2513 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2514 // wxGridCellAttrData
2515 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2516
2517 void wxGridCellAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col)
2518 {
2519     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2520     if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND )
2521     {
2522         // add the attribute
2523         m_attrs.Add(new wxGridCellWithAttr(row, col, attr));
2524     }
2525     else
2526     {
2527         // free the old attribute
2528         m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr->DecRef();
2529
2530         if ( attr )
2531         {
2532             // change the attribute
2533             m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr = attr;
2534         }
2535         else
2536         {
2537             // remove this attribute
2538             m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n);
2539         }
2540     }
2541 }
2542
2543 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrData::GetAttr(int row, int col) const
2544 {
2545     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2546
2547     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2548     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2549     {
2550         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr;
2551         attr->IncRef();
2552     }
2553
2554     return attr;
2555 }
2556
2557 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
2558 {
2559     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2560     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2561     {
2562         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2563         wxCoord row = coords.GetRow();
2564         if ((size_t)row >= pos)
2565         {
2566             if (numRows > 0)
2567             {
2568                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2569                 coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2570             }
2571             else if (numRows < 0)
2572             {
2573                 // If rows deleted ...
2574                 if ((size_t)row >= pos - numRows)
2575                 {
2576                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2577                     coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2578                 }
2579                 else
2580                 {
2581                     // ...or remove the attribute
2582                     // No need to DecRef the attribute itself since this is
2583                     // done be wxGridCellWithAttr's destructor!
2584                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2585                     n--;
2586                     count--;
2587                 }
2588             }
2589         }
2590     }
2591 }
2592
2593 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
2594 {
2595     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2596     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2597     {
2598         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2599         wxCoord col = coords.GetCol();
2600         if ( (size_t)col >= pos )
2601         {
2602             if ( numCols > 0 )
2603             {
2604                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2605                 coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2606             }
2607             else if (numCols < 0)
2608             {
2609                 // If rows deleted ...
2610                 if ((size_t)col >= pos - numCols)
2611                 {
2612                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2613                     coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2614                 }
2615                 else
2616                 {
2617                     // ...or remove the attribute
2618                     // No need to DecRef the attribute itself since this is
2619                     // done be wxGridCellWithAttr's destructor!
2620                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2621                     n--;
2622                     count--;
2623                 }
2624             }
2625         }
2626     }
2627 }
2628
2629 int wxGridCellAttrData::FindIndex(int row, int col) const
2630 {
2631     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2632     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2633     {
2634         const wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2635         if ( (coords.GetRow() == row) && (coords.GetCol() == col) )
2636         {
2637             return n;
2638         }
2639     }
2640
2641     return wxNOT_FOUND;
2642 }
2643
2644 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2645 // wxGridRowOrColAttrData
2646 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2647
2648 wxGridRowOrColAttrData::~wxGridRowOrColAttrData()
2649 {
2650     size_t count = m_attrs.Count();
2651     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2652     {
2653         m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2654     }
2655 }
2656
2657 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridRowOrColAttrData::GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const
2658 {
2659     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2660
2661     int n = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2662     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2663     {
2664         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n];
2665         attr->IncRef();
2666     }
2667
2668     return attr;
2669 }
2670
2671 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol)
2672 {
2673     int i = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2674     if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND )
2675     {
2676         // add the attribute
2677         m_rowsOrCols.Add(rowOrCol);
2678         m_attrs.Add(attr);
2679     }
2680     else
2681     {
2682         size_t n = (size_t)i;
2683         if ( attr )
2684         {
2685             // change the attribute
2686             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2687             m_attrs[n] = attr;
2688         }
2689         else
2690         {
2691             // remove this attribute
2692             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2693             m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2694             m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2695         }
2696     }
2697 }
2698
2699 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols )
2700 {
2701     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2702     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2703     {
2704         int & rowOrCol = m_rowsOrCols[n];
2705         if ( (size_t)rowOrCol >= pos )
2706         {
2707             if ( numRowsOrCols > 0 )
2708             {
2709                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2710                 rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2711             }
2712             else if ( numRowsOrCols < 0)
2713             {
2714                 // If rows deleted, either decrement row counter (if row still exists)
2715                 if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= pos - numRowsOrCols)
2716                     rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2717                 else
2718                 {
2719                     m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2720                     m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2721                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2722                     n--;
2723                     count--;
2724                 }
2725             }
2726         }
2727     }
2728 }
2729
2730 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2731 // wxGridCellAttrProvider
2732 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2733
2734 wxGridCellAttrProvider::wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2735 {
2736     m_data = (wxGridCellAttrProviderData *)NULL;
2737 }
2738
2739 wxGridCellAttrProvider::~wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2740 {
2741     delete m_data;
2742 }
2743
2744 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::InitData()
2745 {
2746     m_data = new wxGridCellAttrProviderData;
2747 }
2748
2749 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetAttr(int row, int col,
2750                                                 wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind ) const
2751 {
2752     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2753     if ( m_data )
2754     {
2755         switch (kind)
2756         {
2757             case (wxGridCellAttr::Any):
2758                 // Get cached merge attributes.
2759                 // Currently not used as no cache implemented as not mutable
2760                 // attr = m_data->m_mergeAttr.GetAttr(row, col);
2761                 if (!attr)
2762                 {
2763                     // Basically implement old version.
2764                     // Also check merge cache, so we don't have to re-merge every time..
2765                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcell = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2766                     wxGridCellAttr *attrrow = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2767                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcol = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2768
2769                     if ((attrcell != attrrow) && (attrrow != attrcol) && (attrcell != attrcol))
2770                     {
2771                         // Two or more are non NULL
2772                         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
2773                         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Merged);
2774
2775                         // Order is important..
2776                         if (attrcell)
2777                         {
2778                             attr->MergeWith(attrcell);
2779                             attrcell->DecRef();
2780                         }
2781                         if (attrcol)
2782                         {
2783                             attr->MergeWith(attrcol);
2784                             attrcol->DecRef();
2785                         }
2786                         if (attrrow)
2787                         {
2788                             attr->MergeWith(attrrow);
2789                             attrrow->DecRef();
2790                         }
2791
2792                         // store merge attr if cache implemented
2793                         //attr->IncRef();
2794                         //m_data->m_mergeAttr.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2795                     }
2796                     else
2797                     {
2798                         // one or none is non null return it or null.
2799                         if (attrrow)
2800                             attr = attrrow;
2801                         if (attrcol)
2802                         {
2803                             if (attr)
2804                                 attr->DecRef();
2805                             attr = attrcol;
2806                         }
2807                         if (attrcell)
2808                         {
2809                             if (attr)
2810                                 attr->DecRef();
2811                             attr = attrcell;
2812                         }
2813                     }
2814                 }
2815                 break;
2816
2817             case (wxGridCellAttr::Cell):
2818                 attr = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2819                 break;
2820
2821             case (wxGridCellAttr::Col):
2822                 attr = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2823                 break;
2824
2825             case (wxGridCellAttr::Row):
2826                 attr = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2827                 break;
2828
2829             default:
2830                 // unused as yet...
2831                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Default):
2832                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Merged):
2833                 break;
2834         }
2835     }
2836
2837     return attr;
2838 }
2839
2840 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr,
2841                                      int row, int col)
2842 {
2843     if ( !m_data )
2844         InitData();
2845
2846     m_data->m_cellAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2847 }
2848
2849 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
2850 {
2851     if ( !m_data )
2852         InitData();
2853
2854     m_data->m_rowAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row);
2855 }
2856
2857 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
2858 {
2859     if ( !m_data )
2860         InitData();
2861
2862     m_data->m_colAttrs.SetAttr(attr, col);
2863 }
2864
2865 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
2866 {
2867     if ( m_data )
2868     {
2869         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
2870
2871         m_data->m_rowAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numRows );
2872     }
2873 }
2874
2875 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
2876 {
2877     if ( m_data )
2878     {
2879         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
2880
2881         m_data->m_colAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numCols );
2882     }
2883 }
2884
2885 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2886 // wxGridTypeRegistry
2887 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2888
2889 wxGridTypeRegistry::~wxGridTypeRegistry()
2890 {
2891     size_t count = m_typeinfo.Count();
2892     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
2893         delete m_typeinfo[i];
2894 }
2895
2896 void wxGridTypeRegistry::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
2897                                           wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
2898                                           wxGridCellEditor* editor)
2899 {
2900     wxGridDataTypeInfo* info = new wxGridDataTypeInfo(typeName, renderer, editor);
2901
2902     // is it already registered?
2903     int loc = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
2904     if ( loc != wxNOT_FOUND )
2905     {
2906         delete m_typeinfo[loc];
2907         m_typeinfo[loc] = info;
2908     }
2909     else
2910     {
2911         m_typeinfo.Add(info);
2912     }
2913 }
2914
2915 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName)
2916 {
2917     size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
2918     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
2919     {
2920         if ( typeName == m_typeinfo[i]->m_typeName )
2921         {
2922             return i;
2923         }
2924     }
2925
2926     return wxNOT_FOUND;
2927 }
2928
2929 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindDataType(const wxString& typeName)
2930 {
2931     int index = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
2932     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
2933     {
2934         // check whether this is one of the standard ones, in which case
2935         // register it "on the fly"
2936 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
2937         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING )
2938         {
2939             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
2940                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
2941                              new wxGridCellTextEditor);
2942         }
2943         else
2944 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
2945 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
2946         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL )
2947         {
2948             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL,
2949                              new wxGridCellBoolRenderer,
2950                              new wxGridCellBoolEditor);
2951         }
2952         else
2953 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
2954 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
2955         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER )
2956         {
2957             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER,
2958                              new wxGridCellNumberRenderer,
2959                              new wxGridCellNumberEditor);
2960         }
2961         else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT )
2962         {
2963             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT,
2964                              new wxGridCellFloatRenderer,
2965                              new wxGridCellFloatEditor);
2966         }
2967         else
2968 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
2969 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
2970         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE )
2971         {
2972             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE,
2973                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
2974                              new wxGridCellChoiceEditor);
2975         }
2976         else
2977 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
2978         {
2979             return wxNOT_FOUND;
2980         }
2981
2982         // we get here only if just added the entry for this type, so return
2983         // the last index
2984         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
2985     }
2986
2987     return index;
2988 }
2989
2990 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName)
2991 {
2992     int index = FindDataType(typeName);
2993     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
2994     {
2995         // the first part of the typename is the "real" type, anything after ':'
2996         // are the parameters for the renderer
2997         index = FindDataType(typeName.BeforeFirst(_T(':')));
2998         if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
2999         {
3000             return wxNOT_FOUND;
3001         }
3002
3003         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetRenderer(index);
3004         wxGridCellRenderer *rendererOld = renderer;
3005         renderer = renderer->Clone();
3006         rendererOld->DecRef();
3007
3008         wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetEditor(index);
3009         wxGridCellEditor *editorOld = editor;
3010         editor = editor->Clone();
3011         editorOld->DecRef();
3012
3013         // do it even if there are no parameters to reset them to defaults
3014         wxString params = typeName.AfterFirst(_T(':'));
3015         renderer->SetParameters(params);
3016         editor->SetParameters(params);
3017
3018         // register the new typename
3019         RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
3020
3021         // we just registered it, it's the last one
3022         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
3023     }
3024
3025     return index;
3026 }
3027
3028 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetRenderer(int index)
3029 {
3030     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = m_typeinfo[index]->m_renderer;
3031     if (renderer)
3032         renderer->IncRef();
3033
3034     return renderer;
3035 }
3036
3037 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetEditor(int index)
3038 {
3039     wxGridCellEditor* editor = m_typeinfo[index]->m_editor;
3040     if (editor)
3041         editor->IncRef();
3042
3043     return editor;
3044 }
3045
3046 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3047 // wxGridTableBase
3048 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3049
3050 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( wxGridTableBase, wxObject )
3051
3052 wxGridTableBase::wxGridTableBase()
3053 {
3054     m_view = (wxGrid *) NULL;
3055     m_attrProvider = (wxGridCellAttrProvider *) NULL;
3056 }
3057
3058 wxGridTableBase::~wxGridTableBase()
3059 {
3060     delete m_attrProvider;
3061 }
3062
3063 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider)
3064 {
3065     delete m_attrProvider;
3066     m_attrProvider = attrProvider;
3067 }
3068
3069 bool wxGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes()
3070 {
3071     if ( ! GetAttrProvider() )
3072     {
3073         // use the default attr provider by default
3074         SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider);
3075     }
3076
3077     return true;
3078 }
3079
3080 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind)
3081 {
3082     if ( m_attrProvider )
3083         return m_attrProvider->GetAttr(row, col, kind);
3084     else
3085         return (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
3086 }
3087
3088 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col)
3089 {
3090     if ( m_attrProvider )
3091     {
3092         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
3093         m_attrProvider->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
3094     }
3095     else
3096     {
3097         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3098         // free it now
3099         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3100     }
3101 }
3102
3103 void wxGridTableBase::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
3104 {
3105     if ( m_attrProvider )
3106     {
3107         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Row);
3108         m_attrProvider->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
3109     }
3110     else
3111     {
3112         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3113         // free it now
3114         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3115     }
3116 }
3117
3118 void wxGridTableBase::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
3119 {
3120     if ( m_attrProvider )
3121     {
3122         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Col);
3123         m_attrProvider->SetColAttr(attr, col);
3124     }
3125     else
3126     {
3127         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3128         // free it now
3129         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3130     }
3131 }
3132
3133 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3134                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3135 {
3136     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function") );
3137
3138     return false;
3139 }
3140
3141 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3142 {
3143     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3144
3145     return false;
3146 }
3147
3148 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3149                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3150 {
3151     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3152
3153     return false;
3154 }
3155
3156 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3157                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3158 {
3159     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3160
3161     return false;
3162 }
3163
3164 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3165 {
3166     wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3167
3168     return false;
3169 }
3170
3171 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3172                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3173 {
3174     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3175
3176     return false;
3177 }
3178
3179 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3180 {
3181     wxString s;
3182
3183     // RD: Starting the rows at zero confuses users,
3184     // no matter how much it makes sense to us geeks.
3185     s << row + 1;
3186
3187     return s;
3188 }
3189
3190 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3191 {
3192     // default col labels are:
3193     //   cols 0 to 25   : A-Z
3194     //   cols 26 to 675 : AA-ZZ
3195     //   etc.
3196
3197     wxString s;
3198     unsigned int i, n;
3199     for ( n = 1; ; n++ )
3200     {
3201         s += (wxChar) (_T('A') + (wxChar)(col % 26));
3202         col = col / 26 - 1;
3203         if ( col < 0 )
3204             break;
3205     }
3206
3207     // reverse the string...
3208     wxString s2;
3209     for ( i = 0;  i < n;  i++ )
3210     {
3211         s2 += s[n - i - 1];
3212     }
3213
3214     return s2;
3215 }
3216
3217 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetTypeName( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3218 {
3219     return wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3220 }
3221
3222 bool wxGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3223                                      const wxString& typeName )
3224 {
3225     return typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3226 }
3227
3228 bool wxGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName )
3229 {
3230     return CanGetValueAs(row, col, typeName);
3231 }
3232
3233 long wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3234 {
3235     return 0;
3236 }
3237
3238 double wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3239 {
3240     return 0.0;
3241 }
3242
3243 bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3244 {
3245     return false;
3246 }
3247
3248 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3249                                       long WXUNUSED(value) )
3250 {
3251 }
3252
3253 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3254                                         double WXUNUSED(value) )
3255 {
3256 }
3257
3258 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3259                                       bool WXUNUSED(value) )
3260 {
3261 }
3262
3263 void* wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3264                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName) )
3265 {
3266     return NULL;
3267 }
3268
3269 void  wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3270                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName),
3271                                          void* WXUNUSED(value) )
3272 {
3273 }
3274
3275 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3276 //
3277 // Message class for the grid table to send requests and notifications
3278 // to the grid view
3279 //
3280
3281 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage()
3282 {
3283     m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL;
3284     m_id = -1;
3285     m_comInt1 = -1;
3286     m_comInt2 = -1;
3287 }
3288
3289 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id,
3290                                         int commandInt1, int commandInt2 )
3291 {
3292     m_table = table;
3293     m_id = id;
3294     m_comInt1 = commandInt1;
3295     m_comInt2 = commandInt2;
3296 }
3297
3298 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3299 //
3300 // A basic grid table for string data. An object of this class will
3301 // created by wxGrid if you don't specify an alternative table class.
3302 //
3303
3304 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridStringArray)
3305
3306 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridStringTable, wxGridTableBase )
3307
3308 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable()
3309         : wxGridTableBase()
3310 {
3311 }
3312
3313 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols )
3314         : wxGridTableBase()
3315 {
3316     m_data.Alloc( numRows );
3317
3318     wxArrayString sa;
3319     sa.Alloc( numCols );
3320     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3321
3322     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3323 }
3324
3325 wxGridStringTable::~wxGridStringTable()
3326 {
3327 }
3328
3329 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberRows()
3330 {
3331     return m_data.GetCount();
3332 }
3333
3334 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberCols()
3335 {
3336     if ( m_data.GetCount() > 0 )
3337         return m_data[0].GetCount();
3338     else
3339         return 0;
3340 }
3341
3342 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetValue( int row, int col )
3343 {
3344     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3345                  wxEmptyString,
3346                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3347
3348     return m_data[row][col];
3349 }
3350
3351 void wxGridStringTable::SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value )
3352 {
3353     wxCHECK_RET( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3354                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3355
3356     m_data[row][col] = value;
3357 }
3358
3359 bool wxGridStringTable::IsEmptyCell( int row, int col )
3360 {
3361     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3362                  true,
3363                   _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3364
3365     return (m_data[row][col] == wxEmptyString);
3366 }
3367
3368 void wxGridStringTable::Clear()
3369 {
3370     int row, col;
3371     int numRows, numCols;
3372
3373     numRows = m_data.GetCount();
3374     if ( numRows > 0 )
3375     {
3376         numCols = m_data[0].GetCount();
3377
3378         for ( row = 0;  row < numRows;  row++ )
3379         {
3380             for ( col = 0;  col < numCols;  col++ )
3381             {
3382                 m_data[row][col] = wxEmptyString;
3383             }
3384         }
3385     }
3386 }
3387
3388 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3389 {
3390     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3391     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3392                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3393
3394     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3395     {
3396         return AppendRows( numRows );
3397     }
3398
3399     wxArrayString sa;
3400     sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3401     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3402     m_data.Insert( sa, pos, numRows );
3403
3404     if ( GetView() )
3405     {
3406         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3407                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED,
3408                                 pos,
3409                                 numRows );
3410
3411         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3412     }
3413
3414     return true;
3415 }
3416
3417 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows )
3418 {
3419     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3420     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
3421                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
3422                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3423
3424     wxArrayString sa;
3425     if ( curNumCols > 0 )
3426     {
3427         sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3428         sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3429     }
3430
3431     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3432
3433     if ( GetView() )
3434     {
3435         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3436                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED,
3437                                 numRows );
3438
3439         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3440     }
3441
3442     return true;
3443 }
3444
3445 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3446 {
3447     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3448
3449     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3450     {
3451         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3452                     (
3453                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu rows"),
3454                         (unsigned long)pos,
3455                         (unsigned long)numRows,
3456                         (unsigned long)curNumRows
3457                     ) );
3458
3459         return false;
3460     }
3461
3462     if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos )
3463     {
3464         numRows = curNumRows - pos;
3465     }
3466
3467     if ( numRows >= curNumRows )
3468     {
3469         m_data.Clear();
3470     }
3471     else
3472     {
3473         m_data.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
3474     }
3475
3476     if ( GetView() )
3477     {
3478         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3479                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED,
3480                                 pos,
3481                                 numRows );
3482
3483         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3484     }
3485
3486     return true;
3487 }
3488
3489 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3490 {
3491     size_t row, col;
3492
3493     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3494     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
3495                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
3496                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3497
3498     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3499     {
3500         return AppendCols( numCols );
3501     }
3502
3503     for ( row = 0;  row < curNumRows;  row++ )
3504     {
3505         for ( col = pos;  col < pos + numCols;  col++ )
3506         {
3507             m_data[row].Insert( wxEmptyString, col );
3508         }
3509     }
3510
3511     if ( GetView() )
3512     {
3513         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3514                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED,
3515                                 pos,
3516                                 numCols );
3517
3518         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3519     }
3520
3521     return true;
3522 }
3523
3524 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols )
3525 {
3526     size_t row;
3527
3528     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3529
3530 #if 0
3531     if ( !curNumRows )
3532     {
3533         // TODO: something better than this ?
3534         //
3535         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Unable to append cols to a grid table with no rows.\nCall AppendRows() first") );
3536         return false;
3537     }
3538 #endif
3539
3540     for ( row = 0;  row < curNumRows;  row++ )
3541     {
3542         m_data[row].Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3543     }
3544
3545     if ( GetView() )
3546     {
3547         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3548                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED,
3549                                 numCols );
3550
3551         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3552     }
3553
3554     return true;
3555 }
3556
3557 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3558 {
3559     size_t row;
3560
3561     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3562     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3563                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3564
3565     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3566     {
3567         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3568                     (
3569                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu cols"),
3570                         (unsigned long)pos,
3571                         (unsigned long)numCols,
3572                         (unsigned long)curNumCols
3573                     ) );
3574         return false;
3575     }
3576
3577     if ( numCols > curNumCols - pos )
3578     {
3579         numCols = curNumCols - pos;
3580     }
3581
3582     for ( row = 0;  row < curNumRows;  row++ )
3583     {
3584         if ( numCols >= curNumCols )
3585         {
3586             m_data[row].Clear();
3587         }
3588         else
3589         {
3590             m_data[row].RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
3591         }
3592     }
3593
3594     if ( GetView() )
3595     {
3596         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3597                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED,
3598                                 pos,
3599                                 numCols );
3600
3601         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3602     }
3603
3604     return true;
3605 }
3606
3607 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3608 {
3609     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3610     {
3611         // using default label
3612         //
3613         return wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( row );
3614     }
3615     else
3616     {
3617         return m_rowLabels[row];
3618     }
3619 }
3620
3621 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3622 {
3623     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3624     {
3625         // using default label
3626         //
3627         return wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( col );
3628     }
3629     else
3630     {
3631         return m_colLabels[col];
3632     }
3633 }
3634
3635 void wxGridStringTable::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& value )
3636 {
3637     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3638     {
3639         int n = m_rowLabels.GetCount();
3640         int i;
3641
3642         for ( i = n;  i <= row;  i++ )
3643         {
3644             m_rowLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue(i) );
3645         }
3646     }
3647
3648     m_rowLabels[row] = value;
3649 }
3650
3651 void wxGridStringTable::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& value )
3652 {
3653     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3654     {
3655         int n = m_colLabels.GetCount();
3656         int i;
3657
3658         for ( i = n;  i <= col;  i++ )
3659         {
3660             m_colLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue(i) );
3661         }
3662     }
3663
3664     m_colLabels[col] = value;
3665 }
3666
3667
3668 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3669 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3670
3671 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3672
3673 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3674     EVT_PAINT( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3675     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3676     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3677     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyDown )
3678     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyUp )
3679     EVT_CHAR( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnChar )
3680 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3681
3682 wxGridRowLabelWindow::wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3683                                             wxWindowID id,
3684                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3685   : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS | wxBORDER_NONE | wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE )
3686 {
3687     m_owner = parent;
3688 }
3689
3690 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3691 {
3692     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3693
3694     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3695     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3696     // set the y coord  - MB
3697     //
3698     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3699
3700     int x, y;
3701     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3702     dc.SetDeviceOrigin( 0, -y );
3703
3704     wxArrayInt rows = m_owner->CalcRowLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3705     m_owner->DrawRowLabels( dc, rows );
3706 }
3707
3708 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3709 {
3710     m_owner->ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( event );
3711 }
3712
3713 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3714 {
3715     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3716 }
3717
3718 // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse
3719 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3720 //
3721 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3722 {
3723     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3724         event.Skip();
3725 }
3726
3727 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
3728 {
3729     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3730         event.Skip();
3731 }
3732
3733 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
3734 {
3735     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3736         event.Skip();
3737 }
3738
3739 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3740
3741 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3742
3743 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3744     EVT_PAINT( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3745     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3746     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3747     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyDown )
3748     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyUp )
3749     EVT_CHAR( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnChar )
3750 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3751
3752 wxGridColLabelWindow::wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3753                                             wxWindowID id,
3754                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3755   : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS | wxBORDER_NONE | wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE )
3756 {
3757     m_owner = parent;
3758 }
3759
3760 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3761 {
3762     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3763
3764     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3765     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3766     // set the x coord  - MB
3767     //
3768     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3769
3770     int x, y;
3771     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3772     dc.SetDeviceOrigin( -x, 0 );
3773
3774     wxArrayInt cols = m_owner->CalcColLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3775     m_owner->DrawColLabels( dc, cols );
3776 }
3777
3778 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3779 {
3780     m_owner->ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( event );
3781 }
3782
3783 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3784 {
3785     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3786 }
3787
3788 // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse
3789 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3790 //
3791 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3792 {
3793     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3794         event.Skip();
3795 }
3796
3797 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
3798 {
3799     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3800         event.Skip();
3801 }
3802
3803 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
3804 {
3805     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3806         event.Skip();
3807 }
3808
3809 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3810
3811 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3812
3813 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3814     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3815     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3816     EVT_PAINT( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3817     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyDown )
3818     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyUp )
3819     EVT_CHAR( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnChar )
3820 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3821
3822 wxGridCornerLabelWindow::wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3823                                                   wxWindowID id,
3824                                                   const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3825   : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS|wxBORDER_NONE|wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE )
3826 {
3827     m_owner = parent;
3828 }
3829
3830 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3831 {
3832     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3833
3834     int client_height = 0;
3835     int client_width = 0;
3836     GetClientSize( &client_width, &client_height );
3837
3838     // VZ: any reason for this ifdef? (FIXME)
3839 #ifdef __WXGTK__
3840     wxRect rect;
3841     rect.SetX( 1 );
3842     rect.SetY( 1 );
3843     rect.SetWidth( client_width - 2 );
3844     rect.SetHeight( client_height - 2 );
3845
3846     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( this, dc, rect, 0 );
3847 #else // !__WXGTK__
3848     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DDKSHADOW), 1, wxSOLID) );
3849     dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, client_width - 1, 0 );
3850     dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, 0, client_height - 1 );
3851     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, client_width, 0 );
3852     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, 0, client_height );
3853
3854     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
3855     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, client_width - 1, 1 );
3856     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, 1, client_height - 1 );
3857 #endif
3858 }
3859
3860 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3861 {
3862     m_owner->ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( event );
3863 }
3864
3865 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3866 {
3867     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
3868 }
3869
3870 // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse
3871 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3872 //
3873 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3874 {
3875     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3876         event.Skip();
3877 }
3878
3879 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
3880 {
3881     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3882         event.Skip();
3883 }
3884
3885 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
3886 {
3887     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3888         event.Skip();
3889 }
3890
3891 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3892
3893 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridWindow, wxWindow )
3894
3895 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridWindow, wxWindow )
3896     EVT_PAINT( wxGridWindow::OnPaint )
3897     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3898     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3899     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown )
3900     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp )
3901     EVT_CHAR( wxGridWindow::OnChar )
3902     EVT_SET_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
3903     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
3904     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground )
3905 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3906
3907 wxGridWindow::wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3908                             wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
3909                             wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
3910                             wxWindowID id,
3911                             const wxPoint &pos,
3912                             const wxSize &size )
3913             : wxWindow(
3914                 parent, id, pos, size,
3915                 wxWANTS_CHARS | wxBORDER_NONE | wxCLIP_CHILDREN | wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE,
3916                 wxT("grid window") )
3917 {
3918     m_owner = parent;
3919     m_rowLabelWin = rowLblWin;
3920     m_colLabelWin = colLblWin;
3921 }
3922
3923 void wxGridWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
3924 {
3925     wxPaintDC dc( this );
3926     m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3927     wxRegion reg = GetUpdateRegion();
3928     wxGridCellCoordsArray dirtyCells = m_owner->CalcCellsExposed( reg );
3929     m_owner->DrawGridCellArea( dc, dirtyCells );
3930
3931 #if WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
3932     m_owner->DrawAllGridLines( dc, reg );
3933 #endif
3934
3935     m_owner->DrawGridSpace( dc );
3936     m_owner->DrawHighlight( dc, dirtyCells );
3937 }
3938
3939 void wxGridWindow::ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect )
3940 {
3941     wxWindow::ScrollWindow( dx, dy, rect );
3942     m_rowLabelWin->ScrollWindow( 0, dy, rect );
3943     m_colLabelWin->ScrollWindow( dx, 0, rect );
3944 }
3945
3946 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3947 {
3948     if (event.ButtonDown(wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT) && FindFocus() != this)
3949         SetFocus();
3950
3951     m_owner->ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( event );
3952 }
3953
3954 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3955 {
3956     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3957 }
3958
3959 // This seems to be required for wxMotif/wxGTK otherwise the mouse
3960 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3961 //
3962 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3963 {
3964     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3965         event.Skip();
3966 }
3967
3968 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
3969 {
3970     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3971         event.Skip();
3972 }
3973
3974 void wxGridWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
3975 {
3976     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3977         event.Skip();
3978 }
3979
3980 void wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3981 {
3982 }
3983
3984 void wxGridWindow::OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
3985 {
3986     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3987         event.Skip();
3988 }
3989
3990 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3991
3992 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
3993 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
3994 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
3995 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
3996
3997 // Internal helper macros for simpler use of that function
3998
3999 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
4000                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
4001                            bool clipToMinMax);
4002
4003 #define internalXToCol(x) CoordToRowOrCol(x, m_defaultColWidth, \
4004                                           m_minAcceptableColWidth, \
4005                                           m_colRights, m_numCols, true)
4006 #define internalYToRow(y) CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight, \
4007                                           m_minAcceptableRowHeight, \
4008                                           m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, true)
4009
4010 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4011
4012 #if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
4013 WX_DEFINE_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4014
4015 wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4016     // new style border flags, we put them first to
4017     // use them for streaming out
4018     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE)
4019     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN)
4020     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE)
4021     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED)
4022     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC)
4023     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE)
4024
4025     // old style border flags
4026     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER)
4027     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER)
4028     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER)
4029     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER)
4030     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER)
4031     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER)
4032
4033     // standard window styles
4034     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL)
4035     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN)
4036     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW)
4037     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS)
4038     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE)
4039     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB)
4040     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL)
4041     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL)
4042
4043 wxEND_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4044
4045 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow,"wx/grid.h")
4046
4047 wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxGrid)
4048     wxHIDE_PROPERTY( Children )
4049     wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle , wxGridStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , EMPTY_MACROVALUE, 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style
4050 wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE()
4051
4052 wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxGrid)
4053 wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE()
4054
4055 wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxGrid , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle )
4056
4057 /*
4058  TODO : Expose more information of a list's layout, etc. via appropriate objects (e.g., NotebookPageInfo)
4059 */
4060 #else
4061 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
4062 #endif
4063
4064 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
4065     EVT_PAINT( wxGrid::OnPaint )
4066     EVT_SIZE( wxGrid::OnSize )
4067     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGrid::OnKeyDown )
4068     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGrid::OnKeyUp )
4069     EVT_CHAR ( wxGrid::OnChar )
4070     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGrid::OnEraseBackground )
4071 END_EVENT_TABLE()
4072
4073 wxGrid::wxGrid()
4074 {
4075     // in order to make sure that a size event is not
4076     // trigerred in a unfinished state
4077     m_cornerLabelWin = NULL;
4078     m_rowLabelWin = NULL;
4079     m_colLabelWin = NULL;
4080     m_gridWin = NULL;
4081 }
4082
4083 wxGrid::wxGrid( wxWindow *parent,
4084                  wxWindowID id,
4085                  const wxPoint& pos,
4086                  const wxSize& size,
4087                  long style,
4088                  const wxString& name )
4089   : wxScrolledWindow( parent, id, pos, size, (style | wxWANTS_CHARS), name ),
4090     m_colMinWidths(GRID_HASH_SIZE),
4091     m_rowMinHeights(GRID_HASH_SIZE)
4092 {
4093     Create();
4094     SetBestFittingSize(size);
4095 }
4096
4097 bool wxGrid::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
4098                           const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
4099                           long style, const wxString& name)
4100 {
4101     if (!wxScrolledWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size,
4102                                   style | wxWANTS_CHARS , name))
4103         return false;
4104
4105     m_colMinWidths = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
4106     m_rowMinHeights = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
4107
4108     Create();
4109     SetBestFittingSize(size);
4110
4111     return true;
4112 }
4113
4114 wxGrid::~wxGrid()
4115 {
4116     // Must do this or ~wxScrollHelper will pop the wrong event handler
4117     SetTargetWindow(this);
4118     ClearAttrCache();
4119     wxSafeDecRef(m_defaultCellAttr);
4120
4121 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
4122     size_t total = gs_nAttrCacheHits + gs_nAttrCacheMisses;
4123     wxPrintf(_T("wxGrid attribute cache statistics: "
4124                 "total: %u, hits: %u (%u%%)\n"),
4125              total, gs_nAttrCacheHits,
4126              total ? (gs_nAttrCacheHits*100) / total : 0);
4127 #endif
4128
4129     if (m_ownTable)
4130         delete m_table;
4131
4132     delete m_typeRegistry;
4133     delete m_selection;
4134 }
4135
4136 //
4137 // ----- internal init and update functions
4138 //
4139
4140 // NOTE: If using the default visual attributes works everywhere then this can
4141 // be removed as well as the #else cases below.
4142 #define _USE_VISATTR 0
4143
4144 #if _USE_VISATTR
4145 #include "wx/listbox.h"
4146 #endif
4147
4148 void wxGrid::Create()
4149 {
4150     m_created = false;    // set to true by CreateGrid
4151
4152     m_table        = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL;
4153     m_ownTable     = false;
4154
4155     m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
4156
4157     m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr();
4158
4159     // Set default cell attributes
4160     m_defaultCellAttr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
4161     m_defaultCellAttr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Default);
4162     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(GetFont());
4163     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT, wxALIGN_TOP);
4164     m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(new wxGridCellStringRenderer);
4165     m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(new wxGridCellTextEditor);
4166
4167 #if _USE_VISATTR
4168     wxVisualAttributes gva = wxListBox::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4169     wxVisualAttributes lva = wxPanel::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4170
4171     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(gva.colFg);
4172     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(gva.colBg);
4173
4174 #else
4175     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(
4176         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT));
4177     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(
4178         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW));
4179 #endif
4180
4181     m_numRows = 0;
4182     m_numCols = 0;
4183     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4184
4185     m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4186     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4187
4188     // create the type registry
4189     m_typeRegistry = new wxGridTypeRegistry;
4190     m_selection = NULL;
4191
4192     // subwindow components that make up the wxGrid
4193     m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow( this,
4194                                                     wxID_ANY,
4195                                                     wxDefaultPosition,
4196                                                     wxDefaultSize );
4197
4198     m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow( this,
4199                                               wxID_ANY,
4200                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4201                                               wxDefaultSize );
4202
4203     m_colLabelWin = new wxGridColLabelWindow( this,
4204                                               wxID_ANY,
4205                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4206                                               wxDefaultSize );
4207
4208     m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this,
4209                                   m_rowLabelWin,
4210                                   m_colLabelWin,
4211                                   wxID_ANY,
4212                                   wxDefaultPosition,
4213                                   wxDefaultSize );
4214
4215     SetTargetWindow( m_gridWin );
4216
4217 #if _USE_VISATTR
4218     wxColour gfg = gva.colFg;
4219     wxColour gbg = gva.colBg;
4220     wxColour lfg = lva.colFg;
4221     wxColour lbg = lva.colBg;
4222 #else
4223     wxColour gfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4224     wxColour gbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW );
4225     wxColour lfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4226     wxColour lbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE );
4227 #endif
4228
4229     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4230     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4231     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4232     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4233     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4234     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4235
4236     m_gridWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(gfg);
4237     m_gridWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(gbg);
4238
4239     Init();
4240 }
4241
4242 bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols,
4243                          wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4244 {
4245     wxCHECK_MSG( !m_created,
4246                  false,
4247                  wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") );
4248
4249     m_numRows = numRows;
4250     m_numCols = numCols;
4251
4252     m_table = new wxGridStringTable( m_numRows, m_numCols );
4253     m_table->SetView( this );
4254     m_ownTable = true;
4255     m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4256
4257     CalcDimensions();
4258
4259     m_created = true;
4260
4261     return m_created;
4262 }
4263
4264 void wxGrid::SetSelectionMode(wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode)
4265 {
4266     wxCHECK_RET( m_created,
4267                  wxT("Called wxGrid::SetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4268
4269     m_selection->SetSelectionMode( selmode );
4270 }
4271
4272 wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() const
4273 {
4274     wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells,
4275                  wxT("Called wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4276
4277     return m_selection->GetSelectionMode();
4278 }
4279
4280 bool wxGrid::SetTable( wxGridTableBase *table, bool takeOwnership,
4281                        wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4282 {
4283     if ( m_created )
4284     {
4285         // stop all processing
4286         m_created = false;
4287
4288         if (m_ownTable)
4289         {
4290             wxGridTableBase *t=m_table;
4291             m_table=0;
4292             delete t;
4293         }
4294
4295         delete m_selection;
4296
4297         m_table = 0;
4298         m_selection = 0;
4299         m_numRows = 0;
4300         m_numCols = 0;
4301     }
4302
4303     if (table)
4304     {
4305         m_numRows = table->GetNumberRows();
4306         m_numCols = table->GetNumberCols();
4307
4308         m_table = table;
4309         m_table->SetView( this );
4310         m_ownTable = takeOwnership;
4311         m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4312
4313         CalcDimensions();
4314
4315         m_created = true;
4316     }
4317
4318     return m_created;
4319 }
4320
4321 void wxGrid::Init()
4322 {
4323     m_rowLabelWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4324     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4325
4326     if ( m_rowLabelWin )
4327     {
4328         m_labelBackgroundColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour();
4329     }
4330     else
4331     {
4332         m_labelBackgroundColour = wxColour( wxT("WHITE") );
4333     }
4334
4335     m_labelTextColour = wxColour( wxT("BLACK") );
4336
4337     // init attr cache
4338     m_attrCache.row = -1;
4339     m_attrCache.col = -1;
4340     m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
4341
4342     // TODO: something better than this ?
4343     //
4344     m_labelFont = this->GetFont();
4345     m_labelFont.SetWeight( wxBOLD );
4346
4347     m_rowLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4348     m_rowLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4349
4350     m_colLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4351     m_colLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4352     m_colLabelTextOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL;
4353
4354     m_defaultColWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH;
4355     m_defaultRowHeight = m_gridWin->GetCharHeight();
4356
4357     m_minAcceptableColWidth  = WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH;
4358     m_minAcceptableRowHeight = WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT;
4359
4360 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)  // see also text ctrl sizing in ShowCellEditControl()
4361     m_defaultRowHeight += 8;
4362 #else
4363     m_defaultRowHeight += 4;
4364 #endif
4365
4366     m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 192,192,192 );
4367     m_gridLinesEnabled = true;
4368     m_cellHighlightColour = *wxBLACK;
4369     m_cellHighlightPenWidth = 2;
4370     m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = 1;
4371
4372     m_cursorMode  = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
4373     m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
4374     m_canDragRowSize = true;
4375     m_canDragColSize = true;
4376     m_canDragGridSize = true;
4377     m_canDragCell = false;
4378     m_dragLastPos  = -1;
4379     m_dragRowOrCol = -1;
4380     m_isDragging = false;
4381     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
4382
4383     m_waitForSlowClick = false;
4384
4385     m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS );
4386     m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE );
4387
4388     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4389
4390     m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4391     m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4392     m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT);
4393     m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT);
4394
4395     m_editable = true;  // default for whole grid
4396
4397     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
4398     m_batchCount = 0;
4399
4400     m_extraWidth =
4401     m_extraHeight = 0;
4402
4403     m_scrollLineX = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
4404     m_scrollLineY = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
4405 }
4406
4407 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4408 // the idea is to call these functions only when necessary because they create
4409 // quite big arrays which eat memory mostly unnecessary - in particular, if
4410 // default widths/heights are used for all rows/columns, we may not use these
4411 // arrays at all
4412 //
4413 // with some extra code, it should be possible to only store the
4414 // widths/heights different from default ones but this will be done later...
4415 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4416
4417 void wxGrid::InitRowHeights()
4418 {
4419     m_rowHeights.Empty();
4420     m_rowBottoms.Empty();
4421
4422     m_rowHeights.Alloc( m_numRows );
4423     m_rowBottoms.Alloc( m_numRows );
4424
4425     int rowBottom = 0;
4426
4427     m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, m_numRows );
4428
4429     for ( int i = 0;  i < m_numRows;  i++ )
4430     {
4431         rowBottom += m_defaultRowHeight;
4432         m_rowBottoms.Add( rowBottom );
4433     }
4434 }
4435
4436 void wxGrid::InitColWidths()
4437 {
4438     m_colWidths.Empty();
4439     m_colRights.Empty();
4440
4441     m_colWidths.Alloc( m_numCols );
4442     m_colRights.Alloc( m_numCols );
4443     int colRight = 0;
4444
4445     m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, m_numCols );
4446
4447     for ( int i = 0;  i < m_numCols;  i++ )
4448     {
4449         colRight += m_defaultColWidth;
4450         m_colRights.Add( colRight );
4451     }
4452 }
4453
4454 int wxGrid::GetColWidth(int col) const
4455 {
4456     return m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultColWidth : m_colWidths[col];
4457 }
4458
4459 int wxGrid::GetColLeft(int col) const
4460 {
4461     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? col * m_defaultColWidth
4462                                  : m_colRights[col] - m_colWidths[col];
4463 }
4464
4465 int wxGrid::GetColRight(int col) const
4466 {
4467     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? (col + 1) * m_defaultColWidth
4468                                  : m_colRights[col];
4469 }
4470
4471 int wxGrid::GetRowHeight(int row) const
4472 {
4473     return m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultRowHeight : m_rowHeights[row];
4474 }
4475
4476 int wxGrid::GetRowTop(int row) const
4477 {
4478     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? row * m_defaultRowHeight
4479                                   : m_rowBottoms[row] - m_rowHeights[row];
4480 }
4481
4482 int wxGrid::GetRowBottom(int row) const
4483 {
4484     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? (row + 1) * m_defaultRowHeight
4485                                   : m_rowBottoms[row];
4486 }
4487
4488 void wxGrid::CalcDimensions()
4489 {
4490     int cw, ch;
4491     GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4492
4493     if ( m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() )
4494         cw -= m_rowLabelWidth;
4495     if ( m_colLabelWin->IsShown() )
4496         ch -= m_colLabelHeight;
4497
4498     // grid total size
4499     int w = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(m_numCols - 1) + m_extraWidth + 1 : 0;
4500     int h = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) + m_extraHeight + 1 : 0;
4501
4502     // take into account editor if shown
4503     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
4504     {
4505       int w2, h2;
4506       int r = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
4507       int c = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
4508       int x = GetColLeft(c);
4509       int y = GetRowTop(r);
4510
4511       // how big is the editor
4512       wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(r, c);
4513       wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, r, c);
4514       editor->GetControl()->GetSize(&w2, &h2);
4515       w2 += x;
4516       h2 += y;
4517       if ( w2 > w )
4518           w = w2;
4519       if ( h2 > h )
4520           h = h2;
4521       editor->DecRef();
4522       attr->DecRef();
4523     }
4524
4525     // preserve (more or less) the previous position
4526     int x, y;
4527     GetViewStart( &x, &y );
4528
4529     // ensure the position is valid for the new scroll ranges
4530     if ( x >= w )
4531         x = wxMax( w - 1, 0 );
4532     if ( y >= h )
4533         y = wxMax( h - 1, 0 );
4534
4535     // do set scrollbar parameters
4536     SetScrollbars( m_scrollLineX, m_scrollLineY,
4537                    GetScrollX(w), GetScrollY(h), x, y,
4538                    GetBatchCount() != 0);
4539
4540     // if our OnSize() hadn't been called (it would if we have scrollbars), we
4541     // still must reposition the children
4542     CalcWindowSizes();
4543 }
4544
4545
4546 void wxGrid::CalcWindowSizes()
4547 {
4548     // escape if the window is has not been fully created yet
4549
4550     if ( m_cornerLabelWin == NULL )
4551         return;
4552
4553     int cw, ch;
4554     GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4555
4556     if ( m_cornerLabelWin && m_cornerLabelWin->IsShown() )
4557         m_cornerLabelWin->SetSize( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight );
4558
4559     if (  m_colLabelWin && m_colLabelWin->IsShown() )
4560         m_colLabelWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, 0, cw - m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight);
4561
4562     if ( m_rowLabelWin && m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() )
4563         m_rowLabelWin->SetSize( 0, m_colLabelHeight, m_rowLabelWidth, ch - m_colLabelHeight);
4564
4565     if ( m_gridWin && m_gridWin->IsShown() )
4566         m_gridWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight, cw - m_rowLabelWidth, ch - m_colLabelHeight);
4567 }
4568
4569
4570 // this is called when the grid table sends a message to say that it
4571 // has been redimensioned
4572 //
4573 bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
4574 {
4575     int i;
4576     bool result = false;
4577
4578     // Clear the attribute cache as the attribute might refer to a different
4579     // cell than stored in the cache after adding/removing rows/columns.
4580     ClearAttrCache();
4581
4582     // By the same reasoning, the editor should be dismissed if columns are
4583     // added or removed. And for consistency, it should IMHO always be
4584     // removed, not only if the cell "underneath" it actually changes.
4585     // For now, I intentionally do not save the editor's content as the
4586     // cell it might want to save that stuff to might no longer exist.
4587     HideCellEditControl();
4588
4589 #if 0
4590     // if we were using the default widths/heights so far, we must change them
4591     // now
4592     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4593     {
4594         InitColWidths();
4595     }
4596
4597     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4598     {
4599         InitRowHeights();
4600     }
4601 #endif
4602
4603     switch ( msg.GetId() )
4604     {
4605         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
4606         {
4607             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4608             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4609
4610             m_numRows += numRows;
4611
4612             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4613             {
4614                 m_rowHeights.Insert( m_defaultRowHeight, pos, numRows );
4615                 m_rowBottoms.Insert( 0, pos, numRows );
4616
4617                 int bottom = 0;
4618                 if ( pos > 0 )
4619                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[pos - 1];
4620
4621                 for ( i = pos;  i < m_numRows;  i++ )
4622                 {
4623                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4624                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4625                 }
4626             }
4627
4628             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4629             {
4630                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4631                 // cell will be undefined...
4632                 //
4633                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4634             }
4635
4636             if ( m_selection )
4637                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, numRows );
4638             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4639             if (attrProvider)
4640                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
4641
4642             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4643             {
4644                 CalcDimensions();
4645                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4646             }
4647         }
4648         result = true;
4649         break;
4650
4651         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
4652         {
4653             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt();
4654             int oldNumRows = m_numRows;
4655             m_numRows += numRows;
4656
4657             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4658             {
4659                 m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, numRows );
4660                 m_rowBottoms.Add( 0, numRows );
4661
4662                 int bottom = 0;
4663                 if ( oldNumRows > 0 )
4664                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[oldNumRows - 1];
4665
4666                 for ( i = oldNumRows;  i < m_numRows;  i++ )
4667                 {
4668                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4669                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4670                 }
4671             }
4672
4673             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4674             {
4675                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4676                 // cell will be undefined...
4677                 //
4678                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4679             }
4680
4681             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4682             {
4683                 CalcDimensions();
4684                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4685             }
4686         }
4687         result = true;
4688         break;
4689
4690         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
4691         {
4692             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4693             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4694             m_numRows -= numRows;
4695
4696             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4697             {
4698                 m_rowHeights.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4699                 m_rowBottoms.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4700
4701                 int h = 0;
4702                 for ( i = 0;  i < m_numRows;  i++ )
4703                 {
4704                     h += m_rowHeights[i];
4705                     m_rowBottoms[i] = h;
4706                 }
4707             }
4708             if ( !m_numRows )
4709             {
4710                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4711             }
4712             else
4713             {
4714                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= m_numRows )
4715                     m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
4716             }
4717
4718             if ( m_selection )
4719                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4720             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4721             if (attrProvider)
4722             {
4723                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4724 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
4725 #if 0
4726                 // No need to touch column attributes, unless we
4727                 // removed _all_ rows, in this case, we remove
4728                 // all column attributes.
4729                 // I hate to do this here, but the
4730                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrRows.
4731                 if ( !GetNumberRows() )
4732                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( 0, -GetNumberCols() );
4733 #endif
4734             }
4735
4736             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4737             {
4738                 CalcDimensions();
4739                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4740             }
4741         }
4742         result = true;
4743         break;
4744
4745         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
4746         {
4747             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4748             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4749             m_numCols += numCols;
4750
4751             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4752             {
4753                 m_colWidths.Insert( m_defaultColWidth, pos, numCols );
4754                 m_colRights.Insert( 0, pos, numCols );
4755
4756                 int right = 0;
4757                 if ( pos > 0 )
4758                     right = m_colRights[pos - 1];
4759
4760                 for ( i = pos;  i < m_numCols;  i++ )
4761                 {
4762                     right += m_colWidths[i];
4763                     m_colRights[i] = right;
4764                 }
4765             }
4766
4767             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4768             {
4769                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4770                 // cell will be undefined...
4771                 //
4772                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4773             }
4774
4775             if ( m_selection )
4776                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, numCols );
4777             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4778             if (attrProvider)
4779                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
4780             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4781             {
4782                 CalcDimensions();
4783                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4784             }
4785
4786         }
4787         result = true;
4788         break;
4789
4790         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
4791         {
4792             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt();
4793             int oldNumCols = m_numCols;
4794             m_numCols += numCols;
4795             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4796             {
4797                 m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, numCols );
4798                 m_colRights.Add( 0, numCols );
4799
4800                 int right = 0;
4801                 if ( oldNumCols > 0 )
4802                     right = m_colRights[oldNumCols - 1];
4803
4804                 for ( i = oldNumCols;  i < m_numCols;  i++ )
4805                 {
4806                     right += m_colWidths[i];
4807                     m_colRights[i] = right;
4808                 }
4809             }
4810
4811             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4812             {
4813                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4814                 // cell will be undefined...
4815                 //
4816                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4817             }
4818             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4819             {
4820                 CalcDimensions();
4821                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4822             }
4823         }
4824         result = true;
4825         break;
4826
4827         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
4828         {
4829             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4830             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4831             m_numCols -= numCols;
4832
4833             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4834             {
4835                 m_colWidths.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
4836                 m_colRights.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
4837
4838                 int w = 0;
4839                 for ( i = 0;  i < m_numCols;  i++ )
4840                 {
4841                     w += m_colWidths[i];
4842                     m_colRights[i] = w;
4843                 }
4844             }
4845
4846             if ( !m_numCols )
4847             {
4848                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4849             }
4850             else
4851             {
4852                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= m_numCols )
4853                   m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
4854             }
4855
4856             if ( m_selection )
4857                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
4858             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4859             if (attrProvider)
4860             {
4861                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
4862
4863 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
4864 #if 0
4865                 // No need to touch row attributes, unless we
4866                 // removed _all_ columns, in this case, we remove
4867                 // all row attributes.
4868                 // I hate to do this here, but the
4869                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrCols.
4870                 if ( !GetNumberCols() )
4871                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( 0, -GetNumberRows() );
4872 #endif
4873             }
4874
4875             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4876             {
4877                 CalcDimensions();
4878                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4879             }
4880         }
4881         result = true;
4882         break;
4883     }
4884
4885     if (result && !GetBatchCount() )
4886         m_gridWin->Refresh();
4887
4888     return result;
4889 }
4890
4891 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg )
4892 {
4893     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
4894     wxRect r;
4895
4896     wxArrayInt  rowlabels;
4897
4898     int top, bottom;
4899     while ( iter )
4900     {
4901         r = iter.GetRect();
4902
4903         // TODO: remove this when we can...
4904         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
4905         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
4906         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
4907         //
4908 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
4909         int cw, ch;
4910         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4911         if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 );
4912         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
4913 #endif
4914
4915         // logical bounds of update region
4916         //
4917         int dummy;
4918         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetTop(), &dummy, &top );
4919         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetBottom(), &dummy, &bottom );
4920
4921         // find the row labels within these bounds
4922         //
4923         int row;
4924         for ( row = internalYToRow(top);  row < m_numRows;  row++ )
4925         {
4926             if ( GetRowBottom(row) < top )
4927                 continue;
4928
4929             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
4930                 break;
4931
4932             rowlabels.Add( row );
4933         }
4934
4935         ++iter;
4936     }
4937
4938     return rowlabels;
4939 }
4940
4941 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg )
4942 {
4943     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
4944     wxRect r;
4945
4946     wxArrayInt colLabels;
4947
4948     int left, right;
4949     while ( iter )
4950     {
4951         r = iter.GetRect();
4952
4953         // TODO: remove this when we can...
4954         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
4955         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
4956         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
4957         //
4958 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
4959         int cw, ch;
4960         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4961         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 );
4962         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
4963 #endif
4964
4965         // logical bounds of update region
4966         //
4967         int dummy;
4968         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), 0, &left, &dummy );
4969         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), 0, &right, &dummy );
4970
4971         // find the cells within these bounds
4972         //
4973         int col;
4974         for ( col = internalXToCol(left);  col < m_numCols;  col++ )
4975         {
4976             if ( GetColRight(col) < left )
4977                 continue;
4978
4979             if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
4980                 break;
4981
4982             colLabels.Add( col );
4983         }
4984
4985         ++iter;
4986     }
4987
4988     return colLabels;
4989 }
4990
4991 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg )
4992 {
4993     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
4994     wxRect r;
4995
4996     wxGridCellCoordsArray  cellsExposed;
4997
4998     int left, top, right, bottom;
4999     while ( iter )
5000     {
5001         r = iter.GetRect();
5002
5003         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5004         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5005         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5006         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5007         //
5008 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5009         int cw, ch;
5010         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5011         if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 );
5012         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 );
5013         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
5014         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
5015 #endif
5016
5017         // logical bounds of update region
5018         //
5019         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
5020         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
5021
5022         // find the cells within these bounds
5023         //
5024         int row, col;
5025         for ( row = internalYToRow(top);  row < m_numRows;  row++ )
5026         {
5027             if ( GetRowBottom(row) <= top )
5028                 continue;
5029
5030             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
5031                 break;
5032
5033             for ( col = internalXToCol(left);  col < m_numCols;  col++ )
5034             {
5035                 if ( GetColRight(col) <= left )
5036                     continue;
5037
5038                 if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
5039                     break;
5040
5041                 cellsExposed.Add( wxGridCellCoords( row, col ) );
5042             }
5043         }
5044
5045         ++iter;
5046     }
5047
5048     return cellsExposed;
5049 }
5050
5051
5052 void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5053 {
5054     int x, y, row;
5055     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5056     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5057
5058     if ( event.Dragging() )
5059     {
5060         if (!m_isDragging)
5061         {
5062             m_isDragging = true;
5063             m_rowLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5064         }
5065
5066         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5067         {
5068             switch ( m_cursorMode )
5069             {
5070                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5071                 {
5072                     int cw, ch, left, dummy;
5073                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5074                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
5075
5076                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5077                     PrepareDC( dc );
5078                     y = wxMax( y,
5079                                GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5080                                GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
5081                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5082                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5083                     {
5084                         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
5085                     }
5086                     dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
5087                     m_dragLastPos = y;
5088                 }
5089                 break;
5090
5091                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
5092                 {
5093                     if ( (row = YToRow( y )) >= 0 )
5094                     {
5095                         if ( m_selection )
5096                         {
5097                             m_selection->SelectRow( row,
5098                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5099                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5100                                                     event.AltDown(),
5101                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5102                         }
5103                     }
5104                 }
5105                 break;
5106
5107                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5108                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5109                 default:
5110                     break;
5111             }
5112         }
5113         return;
5114     }
5115
5116     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5117         return;
5118
5119     if (m_isDragging)
5120     {
5121         if (m_rowLabelWin->HasCapture())
5122             m_rowLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5123         m_isDragging = false;
5124     }
5125
5126     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5127     //
5128     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5129     {
5130         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5131     }
5132
5133     // ------------ Left button pressed
5134     //
5135     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5136     {
5137         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5138         // edge of the row label - this is probably the user
5139         // wanting to resize the row
5140         //
5141         if ( YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
5142         {
5143             row = YToRow(y);
5144             if ( row >= 0 &&
5145                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5146             {
5147                 if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
5148                     ClearSelection();
5149                 if ( m_selection )
5150                 {
5151                     if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5152                     {
5153                         m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
5154                                                   0,
5155                                                   row,
5156                                                   GetNumberCols() - 1,
5157                                                   event.ControlDown(),
5158                                                   event.ShiftDown(),
5159                                                   event.AltDown(),
5160                                                   event.MetaDown() );
5161                     }
5162                     else
5163                     {
5164                         m_selection->SelectRow( row,
5165                                                 event.ControlDown(),
5166                                                 event.ShiftDown(),
5167                                                 event.AltDown(),
5168                                                 event.MetaDown() );
5169                     }
5170                 }
5171
5172                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5173             }
5174         }
5175         else
5176         {
5177             // starting to drag-resize a row
5178             if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5179                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5180         }
5181     }
5182
5183     // ------------ Left double click
5184     //
5185     else if (event.LeftDClick() )
5186     {
5187         row = YToEdgeOfRow(y);
5188         if ( row < 0 )
5189         {
5190             row = YToRow(y);
5191             if ( row >=0 &&
5192                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5193             {
5194                 // no default action at the moment
5195             }
5196         }
5197         else
5198         {
5199             // adjust row height depending on label text
5200             AutoSizeRowLabelSize( row );
5201
5202             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5203             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5204         }
5205     }
5206
5207     // ------------ Left button released
5208     //
5209     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5210     {
5211         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5212         {
5213             DoEndDragResizeRow();
5214
5215             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5216             // default processing in this case
5217             //
5218             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
5219         }
5220
5221         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5222         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5223     }
5224
5225     // ------------ Right button down
5226     //
5227     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5228     {
5229         row = YToRow(y);
5230         if ( row >=0 &&
5231              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5232         {
5233             // no default action at the moment
5234         }
5235     }
5236
5237     // ------------ Right double click
5238     //
5239     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5240     {
5241         row = YToRow(y);
5242         if ( row >= 0 &&
5243              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5244         {
5245             // no default action at the moment
5246         }
5247     }
5248
5249     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5250     //
5251     else if ( event.Moving() )
5252     {
5253         m_dragRowOrCol = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
5254         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5255         {
5256             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5257             {
5258                 // don't capture the mouse yet
5259                 if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5260                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5261             }
5262         }
5263         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5264         {
5265             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5266         }
5267     }
5268 }
5269
5270 void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5271 {
5272     int x, y, col;
5273     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5274     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5275
5276     if ( event.Dragging() )
5277     {
5278         if (!m_isDragging)
5279         {
5280             m_isDragging = true;
5281             m_colLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5282         }
5283
5284         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5285         {
5286             switch ( m_cursorMode )
5287             {
5288                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5289                 {
5290                     int cw, ch, dummy, top;
5291                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5292                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
5293
5294                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5295                     PrepareDC( dc );
5296
5297                     x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5298                                   GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol));
5299                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5300                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5301                     {
5302                         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
5303                     }
5304                     dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
5305                     m_dragLastPos = x;
5306                 }
5307                 break;
5308
5309                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
5310                 {
5311                     if ( (col = XToCol( x )) >= 0 )
5312                     {
5313                         if ( m_selection )
5314                         {
5315                             m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5316                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5317                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5318                                                     event.AltDown(),
5319                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5320                         }
5321                     }
5322                 }
5323                 break;
5324
5325                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5326                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5327                 default:
5328                     break;
5329             }
5330         }
5331         return;
5332     }
5333
5334     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5335         return;
5336
5337     if (m_isDragging)
5338     {
5339         if (m_colLabelWin->HasCapture())
5340             m_colLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5341         m_isDragging = false;
5342     }
5343
5344     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5345     //
5346     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5347     {
5348         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5349     }
5350
5351     // ------------ Left button pressed
5352     //
5353     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5354     {
5355         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5356         // edge of the col label - this is probably the user
5357         // wanting to resize the col
5358         //
5359         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 )
5360         {
5361             col = XToCol(x);
5362             if ( col >= 0 &&
5363                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5364             {
5365                 if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
5366                     ClearSelection();
5367                 if ( m_selection )
5368                 {
5369                     if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5370                     {
5371                         m_selection->SelectBlock( 0,
5372                                                   m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
5373                                                   GetNumberRows() - 1, col,
5374                                                   event.ControlDown(),
5375                                                   event.ShiftDown(),
5376                                                   event.AltDown(),
5377                                                   event.MetaDown() );
5378                     }
5379                     else
5380                     {
5381                         m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5382                                                 event.ControlDown(),
5383                                                 event.ShiftDown(),
5384                                                 event.AltDown(),
5385                                                 event.MetaDown() );
5386                     }
5387                 }
5388
5389                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5390             }
5391         }
5392         else
5393         {
5394             // starting to drag-resize a col
5395             //
5396             if ( CanDragColSize() )
5397                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5398         }
5399     }
5400
5401     // ------------ Left double click
5402     //
5403     if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5404     {
5405         col = XToEdgeOfCol(x);
5406         if ( col < 0 )
5407         {
5408             col = XToCol(x);
5409             if ( col >= 0 &&
5410                  ! SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5411             {
5412                 // no default action at the moment
5413             }
5414         }
5415         else
5416         {
5417             // adjust column width depending on label text
5418             AutoSizeColLabelSize( col );
5419
5420             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5421             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5422         }
5423     }
5424
5425     // ------------ Left button released
5426     //
5427     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5428     {
5429         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
5430         {
5431             DoEndDragResizeCol();
5432
5433             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5434             // default processing in this case
5435             //
5436             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5437         }
5438
5439         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5440         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5441     }
5442
5443     // ------------ Right button down
5444     //
5445     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5446     {
5447         col = XToCol(x);
5448         if ( col >= 0 &&
5449              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5450         {
5451             // no default action at the moment
5452         }
5453     }
5454
5455     // ------------ Right double click
5456     //
5457     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5458     {
5459         col = XToCol(x);
5460         if ( col >= 0 &&
5461              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5462         {
5463             // no default action at the moment
5464         }
5465     }
5466
5467     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5468     //
5469     else if ( event.Moving() )
5470     {
5471         m_dragRowOrCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
5472         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5473         {
5474             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5475             {
5476                 // don't capture the cursor yet
5477                 if ( CanDragColSize() )
5478                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5479             }
5480         }
5481         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5482         {
5483             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5484         }
5485     }
5486 }
5487
5488 void wxGrid::ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5489 {
5490     if ( event.LeftDown() )
5491     {
5492         // indicate corner label by having both row and
5493         // col args == -1
5494         //
5495         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5496         {
5497             SelectAll();
5498         }
5499     }
5500     else if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5501     {
5502         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event );
5503     }
5504     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5505     {
5506         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5507         {
5508             // no default action at the moment
5509         }
5510     }
5511     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5512     {
5513         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5514         {
5515             // no default action at the moment
5516         }
5517     }
5518 }
5519
5520 void wxGrid::ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode,
5521                               wxWindow *win,
5522                               bool captureMouse)
5523 {
5524 #ifdef __WXDEBUG__
5525     static const wxChar *cursorModes[] =
5526     {
5527         _T("SELECT_CELL"),
5528         _T("RESIZE_ROW"),
5529         _T("RESIZE_COL"),
5530         _T("SELECT_ROW"),
5531         _T("SELECT_COL")
5532     };
5533
5534     wxLogTrace(_T("grid"),
5535                _T("wxGrid cursor mode (mouse capture for %s): %s -> %s"),
5536                win == m_colLabelWin ? _T("colLabelWin")
5537                                     : win ? _T("rowLabelWin")
5538                                           : _T("gridWin"),
5539                cursorModes[m_cursorMode], cursorModes[mode]);
5540 #endif
5541
5542     if ( mode == m_cursorMode &&
5543          win == m_winCapture &&
5544          captureMouse == (m_winCapture != NULL))
5545         return;
5546
5547     if ( !win )
5548     {
5549         // by default use the grid itself
5550         win = m_gridWin;
5551     }
5552
5553     if ( m_winCapture )
5554     {
5555         if (m_winCapture->HasCapture())
5556             m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
5557         m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
5558     }
5559
5560     m_cursorMode = mode;
5561
5562     switch ( m_cursorMode )
5563     {
5564         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5565             win->SetCursor( m_rowResizeCursor );
5566             break;
5567
5568         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5569             win->SetCursor( m_colResizeCursor );
5570             break;
5571
5572         default:
5573             win->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5574             break;
5575     }
5576
5577     // we need to capture mouse when resizing
5578     bool resize = m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ||
5579                   m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL;
5580
5581     if ( captureMouse && resize )
5582     {
5583         win->CaptureMouse();
5584         m_winCapture = win;
5585     }
5586 }
5587
5588 void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5589 {
5590     int x, y;
5591     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5592     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5593
5594     wxGridCellCoords coords;
5595     XYToCell( x, y, coords );
5596
5597     int cell_rows, cell_cols;
5598     bool isFirstDrag = !m_isDragging;
5599     GetCellSize( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
5600     if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
5601     {
5602         coords.SetRow(coords.GetRow() + cell_rows);
5603         coords.SetCol(coords.GetCol() + cell_cols);
5604     }
5605
5606     if ( event.Dragging() )
5607     {
5608         //wxLogDebug("pos(%d, %d) coords(%d, %d)", pos.x, pos.y, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
5609
5610         // Don't start doing anything until the mouse has been dragged at
5611         // least 3 pixels in any direction...
5612         if (! m_isDragging)
5613         {
5614             if (m_startDragPos == wxDefaultPosition)
5615             {
5616                 m_startDragPos = pos;
5617                 return;
5618             }
5619             if (abs(m_startDragPos.x - pos.x) < 4 && abs(m_startDragPos.y - pos.y) < 4)
5620                 return;
5621         }
5622
5623         m_isDragging = true;
5624         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5625         {
5626             // Hide the edit control, so it
5627             // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
5628             if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
5629             {
5630                 HideCellEditControl();
5631                 SaveEditControlValue();
5632             }
5633
5634             // Have we captured the mouse yet?
5635             if (! m_winCapture)
5636             {
5637                 m_winCapture = m_gridWin;
5638                 m_winCapture->CaptureMouse();
5639             }
5640
5641             if ( coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5642             {
5643                 if ( event.CmdDown() )
5644                 {
5645                     if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
5646                         m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5647                     HighlightBlock( m_selectingKeyboard, coords );
5648                 }
5649                 else if ( CanDragCell() )
5650                 {
5651                     if ( isFirstDrag )
5652                     {
5653                         if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
5654                             m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5655
5656                         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG,
5657                                    coords.GetRow(),
5658                                    coords.GetCol(),
5659                                    event );
5660                     }
5661                 }
5662                 else
5663                 {
5664                     if ( !IsSelection() )
5665                     {
5666                         HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
5667                     }
5668                     else
5669                     {
5670                         HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, coords );
5671                     }
5672                 }
5673
5674                 if (! IsVisible(coords))
5675                 {
5676                     MakeCellVisible(coords);
5677                     // TODO: need to introduce a delay or something here.  The
5678                     // scrolling is way to fast, at least on MSW - also on GTK.
5679                 }
5680             }
5681         }
5682         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5683         {
5684             int cw, ch, left, dummy;
5685             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5686             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
5687
5688             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5689             PrepareDC( dc );
5690             y = wxMax( y, GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5691                           GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
5692             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5693             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5694             {
5695                 dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
5696             }
5697             dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
5698             m_dragLastPos = y;
5699         }
5700         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
5701         {
5702             int cw, ch, dummy, top;
5703             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5704             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
5705
5706             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5707             PrepareDC( dc );
5708             x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5709                           GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) );
5710             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5711             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5712             {
5713                 dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
5714             }
5715             dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
5716             m_dragLastPos = x;
5717         }
5718
5719         return;
5720     }
5721
5722     m_isDragging = false;
5723     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
5724
5725     // VZ: if we do this, the mode is reset to WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL
5726     //     immediately after it becomes WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW/COL under
5727     //     wxGTK
5728 #if 0
5729     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5730     {
5731         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5732         m_gridWin->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5733     }
5734     else
5735 #endif // 0
5736
5737     // ------------ Left button pressed
5738     //
5739     if ( event.LeftDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5740     {
5741         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK,
5742                        coords.GetRow(),
5743                        coords.GetCol(),
5744                        event ) )
5745         {
5746             if ( !event.CmdDown() )
5747                 ClearSelection();
5748             if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5749             {
5750                 if ( m_selection )
5751                 {
5752                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
5753                                               m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
5754                                               coords.GetRow(),
5755                                               coords.GetCol(),
5756                                               event.ControlDown(),
5757                                               event.ShiftDown(),
5758                                               event.AltDown(),
5759                                               event.MetaDown() );
5760                 }
5761             }
5762             else if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 &&
5763                       YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
5764             {
5765                 DisableCellEditControl();
5766                 MakeCellVisible( coords );
5767
5768                 if ( event.CmdDown() )
5769                 {
5770                     if ( m_selection )
5771                     {
5772                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( coords.GetRow(),
5773                                                           coords.GetCol(),
5774                                                           event.ControlDown(),
5775                                                           event.ShiftDown(),
5776                                                           event.AltDown(),
5777                                                           event.MetaDown() );
5778                     }
5779                     m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5780                     m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5781                     m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5782                 }
5783                 else
5784                 {
5785                     m_waitForSlowClick = m_currentCellCoords == coords && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords;
5786                     SetCurrentCell( coords );
5787                     if ( m_selection )
5788                     {
5789                         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() !=
5790                                 wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells )
5791                         {
5792                             HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
5793                         }
5794                     }
5795                 }
5796             }
5797         }
5798     }
5799
5800     // ------------ Left double click
5801     //
5802     else if ( event.LeftDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5803     {
5804         DisableCellEditControl();
5805
5806         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
5807         {
5808             if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK,
5809                              coords.GetRow(),
5810                              coords.GetCol(),
5811                              event ) )
5812             {
5813                 // we want double click to select a cell and start editing
5814                 // (i.e. to behave in same way as sequence of two slow clicks):
5815                 m_waitForSlowClick = true;
5816             }
5817         }
5818     }
5819
5820     // ------------ Left button released
5821     //
5822     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5823     {
5824         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5825         {
5826             if (m_winCapture)
5827             {
5828                 if (m_winCapture->HasCapture())
5829                     m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
5830                 m_winCapture = NULL;
5831             }
5832
5833             if ( coords == m_currentCellCoords && m_waitForSlowClick && CanEnableCellControl() )
5834             {
5835                 ClearSelection();
5836                 EnableCellEditControl();
5837
5838                 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(coords);
5839                 wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
5840                 editor->StartingClick();
5841                 editor->DecRef();
5842                 attr->DecRef();
5843
5844                 m_waitForSlowClick = false;
5845             }
5846             else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
5847                  m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5848             {
5849                 if ( m_selection )
5850                 {
5851                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
5852                                               m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
5853                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
5854                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
5855                                               event.ControlDown(),
5856                                               event.ShiftDown(),
5857                                               event.AltDown(),
5858                                               event.MetaDown() );
5859                 }
5860
5861                 m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5862                 m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5863
5864                 // Show the edit control, if it has been hidden for
5865                 // drag-shrinking.
5866                 ShowCellEditControl();
5867             }
5868         }
5869         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5870         {
5871             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5872             DoEndDragResizeRow();
5873
5874             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5875             // default processing in this case
5876             //
5877             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
5878         }
5879         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
5880         {
5881             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5882             DoEndDragResizeCol();
5883
5884             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5885             // default processing in this case
5886             //
5887             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5888         }
5889
5890         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5891     }
5892
5893     // ------------ Right button down
5894     //
5895     else if ( event.RightDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5896     {
5897         DisableCellEditControl();
5898         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK,
5899                          coords.GetRow(),
5900                          coords.GetCol(),
5901                          event ) )
5902         {
5903             // no default action at the moment
5904         }
5905     }
5906
5907     // ------------ Right double click
5908     //
5909     else if ( event.RightDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5910     {
5911         DisableCellEditControl();
5912         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK,
5913                          coords.GetRow(),
5914                          coords.GetCol(),
5915                          event ) )
5916         {
5917             // no default action at the moment
5918         }
5919     }
5920
5921     // ------------ Moving and no button action
5922     //
5923     else if ( event.Moving() && !event.IsButton() )
5924     {
5925         if ( coords.GetRow() < 0 || coords.GetCol() < 0 )
5926         {
5927             // out of grid cell area
5928             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5929             return;
5930         }
5931
5932         int dragRow = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
5933         int dragCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
5934
5935         // Dragging on the corner of a cell to resize in both
5936         // directions is not implemented yet...
5937         //
5938         if ( dragRow >= 0 && dragCol >= 0 )
5939         {
5940             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5941             return;
5942         }
5943
5944         if ( dragRow >= 0 )
5945         {
5946             m_dragRowOrCol = dragRow;
5947
5948             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5949             {
5950                 if ( CanDragRowSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
5951                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW);
5952             }
5953         }
5954         else if ( dragCol >= 0 )
5955         {
5956             m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol;
5957
5958             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5959             {
5960                 if ( CanDragColSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
5961                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL);
5962             }
5963         }
5964         else // Neither on a row or col edge
5965         {
5966             if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5967             {
5968                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5969             }
5970         }
5971     }
5972 }
5973
5974 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow()
5975 {
5976     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5977     {
5978         // erase the last line and resize the row
5979         //
5980         int cw, ch, left, dummy;
5981         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5982         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
5983
5984         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5985         PrepareDC( dc );
5986         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
5987         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left + cw, m_dragLastPos );
5988         HideCellEditControl();
5989         SaveEditControlValue();
5990
5991         int rowTop = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol);
5992         SetRowSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
5993                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - rowTop, m_minAcceptableRowHeight ) );
5994
5995         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
5996         {
5997             // Only needed to get the correct rect.y:
5998             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( m_dragRowOrCol, 0 ) );
5999             rect.x = 0;
6000             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
6001             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
6002             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
6003             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
6004             rect.width = cw;
6005
6006             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
6007             if (m_table)
6008             {
6009                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_rows = 0;
6010                 int leftCol = XToCol(left);
6011                 int rightCol = internalXToCol(left + cw);
6012                 if (leftCol >= 0)
6013                 {
6014                     for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++)
6015                     {
6016                         GetCellSize(m_dragRowOrCol, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
6017                         if (cell_rows < subtract_rows)
6018                             subtract_rows = cell_rows;
6019                     }
6020                     rect.y = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_rows);
6021                     CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
6022                     rect.height = ch - rect.y;
6023                 }
6024             }
6025             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6026         }
6027
6028         ShowCellEditControl();
6029     }
6030 }
6031
6032
6033 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol()
6034 {
6035     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6036     {
6037         // erase the last line and resize the col
6038         //
6039         int cw, ch, dummy, top;
6040         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6041         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
6042
6043         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6044         PrepareDC( dc );
6045         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
6046         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
6047         HideCellEditControl();
6048         SaveEditControlValue();
6049
6050         int colLeft = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol);
6051         SetColSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
6052                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - colLeft,
6053                            GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) ) );
6054
6055         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6056         {
6057             // Only needed to get the correct rect.x:
6058             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, m_dragRowOrCol ) );
6059             rect.y = 0;
6060             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
6061             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
6062             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
6063             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
6064             rect.height = ch;
6065
6066             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
6067             if (m_table)
6068             {
6069                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_cols = 0;
6070                 int topRow = YToRow(top);
6071                 int bottomRow = internalYToRow(top + cw);
6072                 if (topRow >= 0)
6073                 {
6074                     for (i=topRow; i<bottomRow; i++)
6075                     {
6076                         GetCellSize(i, m_dragRowOrCol, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
6077                         if (cell_cols < subtract_cols)
6078                             subtract_cols = cell_cols;
6079                     }
6080
6081                     rect.x = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_cols);
6082                     CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
6083                     rect.width = cw - rect.x;
6084                 }
6085             }
6086
6087             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6088         }
6089
6090         ShowCellEditControl();
6091     }
6092 }
6093
6094 //
6095 // ------ interaction with data model
6096 //
6097 bool wxGrid::ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
6098 {
6099     switch ( msg.GetId() )
6100     {
6101         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES:
6102             return GetModelValues();
6103
6104         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES:
6105             return SetModelValues();
6106
6107         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
6108         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
6109         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
6110         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
6111         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
6112         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
6113             return Redimension( msg );
6114
6115         default:
6116             return false;
6117     }
6118 }
6119
6120 // The behaviour of this function depends on the grid table class
6121 // Clear() function.  For the default wxGridStringTable class the
6122 // behavious is to replace all cell contents with wxEmptyString but
6123 // not to change the number of rows or cols.
6124 //
6125 void wxGrid::ClearGrid()
6126 {
6127     if ( m_table )
6128     {
6129         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6130             DisableCellEditControl();
6131
6132         m_table->Clear();
6133         if ( !GetBatchCount()
6134             m_gridWin->Refresh();
6135     }
6136 }
6137
6138 bool wxGrid::InsertRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6139 {
6140     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6141
6142     if ( !m_created )
6143     {
6144         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6145         return false;
6146     }
6147
6148     if ( m_table )
6149     {
6150         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6151             DisableCellEditControl();
6152
6153         bool done = m_table->InsertRows( pos, numRows );
6154         return done;
6155
6156         // the table will have sent the results of the insert row
6157         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6158     }
6159
6160     return false;
6161 }
6162
6163 bool wxGrid::AppendRows( int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6164 {
6165     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6166
6167     if ( !m_created )
6168     {
6169         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6170         return false;
6171     }
6172
6173     if ( m_table )
6174     {
6175         bool done = m_table && m_table->AppendRows( numRows );
6176         return done;
6177
6178         // the table will have sent the results of the append row
6179         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6180     }
6181
6182     return false;
6183 }
6184
6185 bool wxGrid::DeleteRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6186 {
6187     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6188
6189     if ( !m_created )
6190     {
6191         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6192         return false;
6193     }
6194
6195     if ( m_table )
6196     {
6197         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6198             DisableCellEditControl();
6199
6200         bool done = m_table->DeleteRows( pos, numRows );
6201         return done;
6202         // the table will have sent the results of the delete row
6203         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6204     }
6205
6206     return false;
6207 }
6208
6209 bool wxGrid::InsertCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6210 {
6211     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6212
6213     if ( !m_created )
6214     {
6215         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6216         return false;
6217     }
6218
6219     if ( m_table )
6220     {
6221         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6222             DisableCellEditControl();
6223
6224         bool done = m_table->InsertCols( pos, numCols );
6225         return done;
6226         // the table will have sent the results of the insert col
6227         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6228     }
6229
6230     return false;
6231 }
6232
6233 bool wxGrid::AppendCols( int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6234 {
6235     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6236
6237     if ( !m_created )
6238     {
6239         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6240         return false;
6241     }
6242
6243     if ( m_table )
6244     {
6245         bool done = m_table->AppendCols( numCols );
6246         return done;
6247         // the table will have sent the results of the append col
6248         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6249     }
6250
6251     return false;
6252 }
6253
6254 bool wxGrid::DeleteCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6255 {
6256     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6257
6258     if ( !m_created )
6259     {
6260         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6261         return false;
6262     }
6263
6264     if ( m_table )
6265     {
6266         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6267             DisableCellEditControl();
6268
6269         bool done = m_table->DeleteCols( pos, numCols );
6270         return done;
6271         // the table will have sent the results of the delete col
6272         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6273     }
6274
6275     return false;
6276 }
6277
6278 //
6279 // ----- event handlers
6280 //
6281
6282 // Generate a grid event based on a mouse event and
6283 // return the result of ProcessEvent()
6284 //
6285 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6286                         int row, int col,
6287                         wxMouseEvent& mouseEv )
6288 {
6289    bool claimed, vetoed;
6290
6291    if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6292    {
6293        int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6294
6295        wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6296                type,
6297                this,
6298                rowOrCol,
6299                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6300                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6301                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6302                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6303                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6304                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6305
6306        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6307        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6308    }
6309    else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT )
6310    {
6311        // Right now, it should _never_ end up here!
6312        wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6313                type,
6314                this,
6315                m_selectingTopLeft,
6316                m_selectingBottomRight,
6317                true,
6318                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6319                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6320                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6321                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6322
6323        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6324        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6325    }
6326    else
6327    {
6328        wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6329                type,
6330                this,
6331                row, col,
6332                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6333                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6334                false,
6335                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6336                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6337                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6338                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6339        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6340        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6341    }
6342
6343    // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6344    if (vetoed)
6345        return -1;
6346
6347    return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6348 }
6349
6350 // Generate a grid event of specified type and return the result
6351 // of ProcessEvent().
6352 //
6353 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6354                         int row, int col )
6355 {
6356    bool claimed, vetoed;
6357
6358     if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6359     {
6360         int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6361
6362         wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, rowOrCol );
6363
6364         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6365         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6366     }
6367     else
6368     {
6369         wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, row, col );
6370
6371         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6372         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6373      }
6374
6375     // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6376     if (vetoed)
6377         return -1;
6378
6379     return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6380 }
6381
6382 void wxGrid::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
6383 {
6384     wxPaintDC dc(this);  // needed to prevent zillions of paint events on MSW
6385 }
6386
6387 void wxGrid::Refresh(bool eraseb, const wxRect* rect)
6388 {
6389     // Don't do anything if between Begin/EndBatch...
6390     // EndBatch() will do all this on the last nested one anyway.
6391     if (! GetBatchCount())
6392     {
6393         // Refresh to get correct scrolled position:
6394         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh(eraseb, rect);
6395
6396         if (rect)
6397         {
6398             int rect_x, rect_y, rectWidth, rectHeight;
6399             int width_label, width_cell, height_label, height_cell;
6400             int x, y;
6401
6402             // Copy rectangle can get scroll offsets..
6403             rect_x = rect->GetX();
6404             rect_y = rect->GetY();
6405             rectWidth = rect->GetWidth();
6406             rectHeight = rect->GetHeight();
6407
6408             width_label = m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x;
6409             if (width_label > rectWidth)
6410                 width_label = rectWidth;
6411
6412             height_label = m_colLabelHeight - rect_y;
6413             if (height_label > rectHeight)
6414                 height_label = rectHeight;
6415
6416             if (rect_x > m_rowLabelWidth)
6417             {
6418                 x = rect_x - m_rowLabelWidth;
6419                 width_cell = rectWidth;
6420             }
6421             else
6422             {
6423                 x = 0;
6424                 width_cell = rectWidth - (m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x);
6425             }
6426
6427             if (rect_y > m_colLabelHeight)
6428             {
6429                 y = rect_y - m_colLabelHeight;
6430                 height_cell = rectHeight;
6431             }
6432             else
6433             {
6434                 y = 0;
6435                 height_cell = rectHeight - (m_colLabelHeight - rect_y);
6436             }
6437
6438             // Paint corner label part intersecting rect.
6439             if ( width_label > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6440             {
6441                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, rect_y, width_label, height_label);
6442                 m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6443             }
6444
6445             // Paint col labels part intersecting rect.
6446             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6447             {
6448                 wxRect anotherrect(x, rect_y, width_cell, height_label);
6449                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6450             }
6451
6452             // Paint row labels part intersecting rect.
6453             if ( width_label > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6454             {
6455                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, y, width_label, height_cell);
6456                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6457             }
6458
6459             // Paint cell area part intersecting rect.
6460             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6461             {
6462                 wxRect anotherrect(x, y, width_cell, height_cell);
6463                 m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6464             }
6465         }
6466         else
6467         {
6468             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6469             m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6470             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6471             m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6472         }
6473     }
6474 }
6475
6476 void wxGrid::OnSize( wxSizeEvent& event )
6477 {
6478     // position the child windows
6479     CalcWindowSizes();
6480
6481     // don't call CalcDimensions() from here, the base class handles the size
6482     // changes itself
6483     event.Skip();
6484 }
6485
6486 void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
6487 {
6488     if ( m_inOnKeyDown )
6489     {
6490         // shouldn't be here - we are going round in circles...
6491         //
6492         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") );
6493     }
6494
6495     m_inOnKeyDown = true;
6496
6497     // propagate the event up and see if it gets processed
6498     wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
6499     wxKeyEvent keyEvt( event );
6500     keyEvt.SetEventObject( parent );
6501
6502     if ( !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( keyEvt ) )
6503     {
6504         // try local handlers
6505         switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
6506         {
6507             case WXK_UP:
6508                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6509                     MoveCursorUpBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6510                 else
6511                     MoveCursorUp( event.ShiftDown() );
6512                 break;
6513
6514             case WXK_DOWN:
6515                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6516                     MoveCursorDownBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6517                 else
6518                     MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
6519                 break;
6520
6521             case WXK_LEFT:
6522                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6523                     MoveCursorLeftBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6524                 else
6525                     MoveCursorLeft( event.ShiftDown() );
6526                 break;
6527
6528             case WXK_RIGHT:
6529                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6530                     MoveCursorRightBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6531                 else
6532                     MoveCursorRight( event.ShiftDown() );
6533                 break;
6534
6535             case WXK_RETURN:
6536             case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
6537                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6538                 {
6539                     event.Skip();  // to let the edit control have the return
6540                 }
6541                 else
6542                 {
6543                     if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows()-1 )
6544                     {
6545                         MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
6546                     }
6547                     else
6548                     {
6549                         // at the bottom of a column
6550                         DisableCellEditControl();
6551                     }
6552                 }
6553                 break;
6554
6555             case WXK_ESCAPE:
6556                 ClearSelection();
6557                 break;
6558
6559             case WXK_TAB:
6560                 if (event.ShiftDown())
6561                 {
6562                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() > 0 )
6563                     {
6564                         MoveCursorLeft( false );
6565                     }
6566                     else
6567                     {
6568                         // at left of grid
6569                         DisableCellEditControl();
6570                     }
6571                 }
6572                 else
6573                 {
6574                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() < GetNumberCols() - 1 )
6575                     {
6576                         MoveCursorRight( false );
6577                     }
6578                     else
6579                     {
6580                         // at right of grid
6581                         DisableCellEditControl();
6582                     }
6583                 }
6584                 break;
6585
6586             case WXK_HOME:
6587                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6588                 {
6589                     MakeCellVisible( 0, 0 );
6590                     SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
6591                 }
6592                 else
6593                 {
6594                     event.Skip();
6595                 }
6596                 break;
6597
6598             case WXK_END:
6599                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6600                 {
6601                     MakeCellVisible( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
6602                     SetCurrentCell( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
6603                 }
6604                 else
6605                 {
6606                     event.Skip();
6607                 }
6608                 break;
6609
6610             case WXK_PAGEUP:
6611                 MovePageUp();
6612                 break;
6613
6614             case WXK_PAGEDOWN:
6615                 MovePageDown();
6616                 break;
6617
6618             case WXK_SPACE:
6619                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6620                 {
6621                     if ( m_selection )
6622                     {
6623                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(
6624                             m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
6625                             m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
6626                             event.ControlDown(),
6627                             event.ShiftDown(),
6628                             event.AltDown(),
6629                             event.MetaDown() );
6630                     }
6631                     break;
6632                 }
6633
6634                 if ( !IsEditable() )
6635                     MoveCursorRight( false );
6636                 else
6637                     event.Skip();
6638                 break;
6639
6640             default:
6641                 event.Skip();
6642                 break;
6643         }
6644     }
6645
6646     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
6647 }
6648
6649 void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
6650 {
6651     // try local handlers
6652     //
6653     if ( event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_SHIFT )
6654     {
6655         if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
6656              m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6657         {
6658             if ( m_selection )
6659             {
6660                 m_selection->SelectBlock(
6661                     m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
6662                     m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
6663                     m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
6664                     m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
6665                     event.ControlDown(),
6666                     true,
6667                     event.AltDown(),
6668                     event.MetaDown() );
6669             }
6670         }
6671
6672         m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6673         m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6674         m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6675     }
6676 }
6677
6678 void wxGrid::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
6679 {
6680     // is it possible to edit the current cell at all?
6681     if ( !IsCellEditControlEnabled() && CanEnableCellControl() )
6682     {
6683         // yes, now check whether the cells editor accepts the key
6684         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
6685         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
6686         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
6687         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
6688
6689         // <F2> is special and will always start editing, for
6690         // other keys - ask the editor itself
6691         if ( (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_F2 && !event.HasModifiers())
6692              || editor->IsAcceptedKey(event) )
6693         {
6694             // ensure cell is visble
6695             MakeCellVisible(row, col);
6696             EnableCellEditControl();
6697
6698             // a problem can arise if the cell is not completely
6699             // visible (even after calling MakeCellVisible the
6700             // control is not created and calling StartingKey will
6701             // crash the app
6702             if ( event.GetKeyCode() != WXK_F2 && editor->IsCreated() && m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
6703                 editor->StartingKey(event);
6704         }
6705         else
6706         {
6707             event.Skip();
6708         }
6709
6710         editor->DecRef();
6711         attr->DecRef();
6712     }
6713     else
6714     {
6715         event.Skip();
6716     }
6717 }
6718
6719 void wxGrid::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&)
6720 {
6721 }
6722
6723 void wxGrid::SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
6724 {
6725     if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ) )
6726     {
6727         // the event has been intercepted - do nothing
6728         return;
6729     }
6730
6731     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6732     PrepareDC( dc );
6733
6734     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6735     {
6736         DisableCellEditControl();
6737
6738         if ( IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
6739         {
6740             wxRect r;
6741             r = BlockToDeviceRect( m_currentCellCoords, m_currentCellCoords );
6742             if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled )
6743             {
6744                 r.x--;
6745                 r.y--;
6746                 r.width++;
6747                 r.height++;
6748             }
6749
6750             wxGridCellCoordsArray cells = CalcCellsExposed( r );
6751
6752             // Otherwise refresh redraws the highlight!
6753             m_currentCellCoords = coords;
6754
6755             DrawGridCellArea( dc, cells );
6756             DrawAllGridLines( dc, r );
6757         }
6758     }
6759
6760     m_currentCellCoords = coords;
6761
6762     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr( coords );
6763     DrawCellHighlight( dc, attr );
6764     attr->DecRef();
6765 }
6766
6767 void wxGrid::HighlightBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol )
6768 {
6769     int temp;
6770     wxGridCellCoords updateTopLeft, updateBottomRight;
6771
6772     if ( m_selection )
6773     {
6774         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
6775         {
6776             leftCol = 0;
6777             rightCol = GetNumberCols() - 1;
6778         }
6779         else if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
6780         {
6781             topRow = 0;
6782             bottomRow = GetNumberRows() - 1;
6783         }
6784     }
6785
6786     if ( topRow > bottomRow )
6787     {
6788         temp = topRow;
6789         topRow = bottomRow;
6790         bottomRow = temp;
6791     }
6792
6793     if ( leftCol > rightCol )
6794     {
6795         temp = leftCol;
6796         leftCol = rightCol;
6797         rightCol = temp;
6798     }
6799
6800     updateTopLeft = wxGridCellCoords( topRow, leftCol );
6801     updateBottomRight = wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow, rightCol );
6802
6803     // First the case that we selected a completely new area
6804     if ( m_selectingTopLeft == wxGridNoCellCoords ||
6805          m_selectingBottomRight == wxGridNoCellCoords )
6806     {
6807         wxRect rect;
6808         rect = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( topRow, leftCol ),
6809                                   wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow, rightCol ) );
6810         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6811     }
6812
6813     // Now handle changing an existing selection area.
6814     else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != updateTopLeft ||
6815               m_selectingBottomRight != updateBottomRight )
6816     {
6817         // Compute two optimal update rectangles:
6818         // Either one rectangle is a real subset of the
6819         // other, or they are (almost) disjoint!
6820         wxRect  rect[4];
6821         bool    need_refresh[4];
6822         need_refresh[0] =
6823         need_refresh[1] =
6824         need_refresh[2] =
6825         need_refresh[3] = false;
6826         int     i;
6827
6828         // Store intermediate values
6829         wxCoord oldLeft = m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol();
6830         wxCoord oldTop = m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow();
6831         wxCoord oldRight = m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol();
6832         wxCoord oldBottom = m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow();
6833
6834         // Determine the outer/inner coordinates.
6835         if (oldLeft > leftCol)
6836         {
6837             temp = oldLeft;
6838             oldLeft = leftCol;
6839             leftCol = temp;
6840         }
6841         if (oldTop > topRow )
6842         {
6843             temp = oldTop;
6844             oldTop = topRow;
6845             topRow = temp;
6846         }
6847         if (oldRight < rightCol )
6848         {
6849             temp = oldRight;
6850             oldRight = rightCol;
6851             rightCol = temp;
6852         }
6853         if (oldBottom < bottomRow)
6854         {
6855             temp = oldBottom;
6856             oldBottom = bottomRow;
6857             bottomRow = temp;
6858         }
6859
6860         // Now, either the stuff marked old is the outer
6861         // rectangle or we don't have a situation where one
6862         // is contained in the other.
6863
6864         if ( oldLeft < leftCol )
6865         {
6866             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
6867             // area to the left of the old or new selection.
6868             need_refresh[0] = true;
6869             rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect(
6870                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop,  oldLeft ),
6871                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, leftCol - 1 ) );
6872         }
6873
6874         if ( oldTop < topRow )
6875         {
6876             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
6877             // area above the old or new selection.
6878             need_refresh[1] = true;
6879             rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect(
6880                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, leftCol ),
6881                 wxGridCellCoords( topRow - 1, rightCol ) );
6882         }
6883
6884         if ( oldRight > rightCol )
6885         {
6886             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
6887             // area to the right of the old or new selection.
6888             need_refresh[2] = true;
6889             rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect(
6890                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, rightCol + 1 ),
6891                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, oldRight ) );
6892         }
6893
6894         if ( oldBottom > bottomRow )
6895         {
6896             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
6897             // area below the old or new selection.
6898             need_refresh[3] = true;
6899             rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect(
6900                 wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow + 1, leftCol ),
6901                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, rightCol ) );
6902         }
6903
6904         // various Refresh() calls
6905         for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ )
6906             if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect )
6907                 m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &(rect[i]) );
6908     }
6909
6910     // change selection
6911     m_selectingTopLeft = updateTopLeft;
6912     m_selectingBottomRight = updateBottomRight;
6913 }
6914
6915 //
6916 // ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions)
6917 //
6918
6919 bool wxGrid::GetModelValues()
6920 {
6921     // Hide the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
6922     HideCellEditControl();
6923
6924     if ( m_table )
6925     {
6926         // all we need to do is repaint the grid
6927         //
6928         m_gridWin->Refresh();
6929         return true;
6930     }
6931
6932     return false;
6933 }
6934
6935 bool wxGrid::SetModelValues()
6936 {
6937     int row, col;
6938
6939     // Disable the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
6940     // Do we also want to save the current value of the editor first?
6941     // I think so ...
6942     DisableCellEditControl();
6943
6944     if ( m_table )
6945     {
6946         for ( row = 0;  row < m_numRows;  row++ )
6947         {
6948             for ( col = 0;  col < m_numCols;  col++ )
6949             {
6950                 m_table->SetValue( row, col, GetCellValue(row, col) );
6951             }
6952         }
6953
6954         return true;
6955     }
6956
6957     return false;
6958 }
6959
6960 // Note - this function only draws cells that are in the list of
6961 // exposed cells (usually set from the update region by
6962 // CalcExposedCells)
6963 //
6964 void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells )
6965 {
6966     if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
6967         return;
6968
6969     int i, numCells = cells.GetCount();
6970     int row, col, cell_rows, cell_cols;
6971     wxGridCellCoordsArray redrawCells;
6972
6973     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
6974     {
6975         row = cells[i].GetRow();
6976         col = cells[i].GetCol();
6977         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
6978
6979         // If this cell is part of a multicell block, find owner for repaint
6980         if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
6981         {
6982             wxGridCellCoords cell( row + cell_rows, col + cell_cols );
6983             bool marked = false;
6984             for ( int j = 0;  j < numCells; j++ )
6985             {
6986                 if ( cell == cells[j] )
6987                 {
6988                     marked = true;
6989                     break;
6990                 }
6991             }
6992
6993             if (!marked)
6994             {
6995                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
6996                 for (int j = 0; j < count; j++)
6997                 {
6998                     if ( cell == redrawCells[j] )
6999                     {
7000                         marked = true;
7001                         break;
7002                     }
7003                 }
7004
7005                 if (!marked)
7006                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
7007             }
7008
7009             // don't bother drawing this cell
7010             continue;
7011         }
7012
7013         // If this cell is empty, find cell to left that might want to overflow
7014         if (m_table && m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col))
7015         {
7016             for ( int l = 0; l < cell_rows; l++ )
7017             {
7018                 // find a cell in this row to left alreay marked for repaint
7019                 int left = col;
7020                 for (int k = 0; k < int(redrawCells.GetCount()); k++)
7021                     if ((redrawCells[k].GetCol() < left) &&
7022                         (redrawCells[k].GetRow() == row))
7023                     {
7024                         left = redrawCells[k].GetCol();
7025                     }
7026
7027                 if (left == col)
7028                     left = 0; // oh well
7029
7030                 for (int j = col - 1; j >= left; j--)
7031                 {
7032                     if (!m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + l, j))
7033                     {
7034                         if (GetCellOverflow(row + l, j))
7035                         {
7036                             wxGridCellCoords cell(row + l, j);
7037                             bool marked = false;
7038
7039                             for (int k = 0; k < numCells; k++)
7040                             {
7041                                 if ( cell == cells[k] )
7042                                 {
7043                                     marked = true;
7044                                     break;
7045                                 }
7046                             }
7047
7048                             if (!marked)
7049                             {
7050                                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
7051                                 for (int k = 0; k < count; k++)
7052                                 {
7053                                     if ( cell == redrawCells[k] )
7054                                     {
7055                                         marked = true;
7056                                         break;
7057                                     }
7058                                 }
7059                                 if (!marked)
7060                                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
7061                             }
7062                         }
7063                         break;
7064                     }
7065                 }
7066             }
7067         }
7068
7069         DrawCell( dc, cells[i] );
7070     }
7071
7072     numCells = redrawCells.GetCount();
7073
7074     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0;  i-- )
7075     {
7076         DrawCell( dc, redrawCells[i] );
7077     }
7078 }
7079
7080 void wxGrid::DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc )
7081 {
7082   int cw, ch;
7083   m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
7084
7085   int right, bottom;
7086   CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7087
7088   int rightCol = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(m_numCols - 1) : 0;
7089   int bottomRow = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
7090
7091   if ( right > rightCol || bottom > bottomRow )
7092   {
7093       int left, top;
7094       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7095
7096       dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) );
7097       dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
7098
7099       if ( right > rightCol )
7100       {
7101           dc.DrawRectangle( rightCol, top, right - rightCol, ch );
7102       }
7103
7104       if ( bottom > bottomRow )
7105       {
7106           dc.DrawRectangle( left, bottomRow, cw, bottom - bottomRow );
7107       }
7108   }
7109 }
7110
7111 void wxGrid::DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7112 {
7113     int row = coords.GetRow();
7114     int col = coords.GetCol();
7115
7116     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7117         return;
7118
7119     // we draw the cell border ourselves
7120 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7121     if ( m_gridLinesEnabled )
7122         DrawCellBorder( dc, coords );
7123 #endif
7124
7125     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7126
7127     bool isCurrent = coords == m_currentCellCoords;
7128
7129     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7130
7131     // if the editor is shown, we should use it and not the renderer
7132     // Note: However, only if it is really _shown_, i.e. not hidden!
7133     if ( isCurrent && IsCellEditControlShown() )
7134     {
7135         // NB: this "#if..." is temporary and fixes a problem where the
7136         // edit control is erased by this code after being rendered.
7137         // On wxMac (QD build only), the cell editor is a wxTextCntl and is rendered
7138         // implicitly, causing this out-of order render.
7139 #if !defined(__WXMAC__) || wxMAC_USE_CORE_GRAPHICS
7140         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7141         editor->PaintBackground(rect, attr);
7142         editor->DecRef();
7143 #endif
7144     }
7145     else
7146     {
7147         // but all the rest is drawn by the cell renderer and hence may be customized
7148         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
7149         renderer->Draw(*this, *attr, dc, rect, row, col, IsInSelection(coords));
7150         renderer->DecRef();
7151     }
7152
7153     attr->DecRef();
7154 }
7155
7156 void wxGrid::DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr )
7157 {
7158     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7159     int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7160
7161     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7162         return;
7163
7164     wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
7165
7166     // hmmm... what could we do here to show that the cell is disabled?
7167     // for now, I just draw a thinner border than for the other ones, but
7168     // it doesn't look really good
7169
7170     int penWidth = attr->IsReadOnly() ? m_cellHighlightROPenWidth : m_cellHighlightPenWidth;
7171
7172     if (penWidth > 0)
7173     {
7174         // The center of th drawn line is where the position/width/height of
7175         // the rectangle is actually at, (on wxMSW at least,) so we will
7176         // reduce the size of the rectangle to compensate for the thickness of
7177         // the line. If this is too strange on non wxMSW platforms then
7178         // please #ifdef this appropriately.
7179         rect.x += penWidth / 2;
7180         rect.y += penWidth / 2;
7181         rect.width -= penWidth - 1;
7182         rect.height -= penWidth - 1;
7183
7184         // Now draw the rectangle
7185         // use the cellHighlightColour if the cell is inside a selection, this
7186         // will ensure the cell is always visible.
7187         dc.SetPen(wxPen(IsInSelection(row,col) ? m_selectionForeground : m_cellHighlightColour, penWidth, wxSOLID));
7188         dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
7189         dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
7190     }
7191
7192 #if 0
7193         // VZ: my experiments with 3D borders...
7194
7195         // how to properly set colours for arbitrary bg?
7196         wxCoord x1 = rect.x,
7197                 y1 = rect.y,
7198                 x2 = rect.x + rect.width - 1,
7199                 y2 = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
7200
7201         dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN);
7202         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x2, y1);
7203         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x1, y2);
7204
7205         dc.DrawLine(x1 + 1, y2 - 1, x2 - 1, y2 - 1);
7206         dc.DrawLine(x2 - 1, y1 + 1, x2 - 1, y2);
7207
7208         dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN);
7209         dc.DrawLine(x1, y2, x2, y2);
7210         dc.DrawLine(x2, y1, x2, y2 + 1);
7211 #endif
7212 }
7213
7214 void wxGrid::DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7215 {
7216     int row = coords.GetRow();
7217     int col = coords.GetCol();
7218     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7219         return;
7220
7221     dc.SetPen( wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxSOLID) );
7222
7223     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7224
7225     // right hand border
7226     dc.DrawLine( rect.x + rect.width, rect.y,
7227                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height + 1 );
7228
7229     // bottom border
7230     dc.DrawLine( rect.x, rect.y + rect.height,
7231                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height);
7232 }
7233
7234 void wxGrid::DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells)
7235 {
7236     // This if block was previously in wxGrid::OnPaint but that doesn't
7237     // seem to get called under wxGTK - MB
7238     //
7239     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords &&
7240          m_numRows && m_numCols )
7241     {
7242         m_currentCellCoords.Set(0, 0);
7243     }
7244
7245     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
7246     {
7247         // don't show highlight when the edit control is shown
7248         return;
7249     }
7250
7251     // if the active cell was repainted, repaint its highlight too because it
7252     // might have been damaged by the grid lines
7253     size_t count = cells.GetCount();
7254     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
7255     {
7256         if ( cells[n] == m_currentCellCoords )
7257         {
7258             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
7259             DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
7260             attr->DecRef();
7261
7262             break;
7263         }
7264     }
7265 }
7266
7267 // TODO: remove this ???
7268 // This is used to redraw all grid lines e.g. when the grid line colour
7269 // has been changed
7270 //
7271 void wxGrid::DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & WXUNUSED(reg) )
7272 {
7273 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7274     return;
7275 #endif
7276
7277     if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled || !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
7278          return;
7279
7280     int top, bottom, left, right;
7281
7282 #if 0  //#ifndef __WXGTK__
7283     if (reg.IsEmpty())
7284     {
7285       int cw, ch;
7286       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7287
7288       // virtual coords of visible area
7289       //
7290       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7291       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7292     }
7293     else
7294     {
7295       wxCoord x, y, w, h;
7296       reg.GetBox(x, y, w, h);
7297       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x, y, &left, &top );
7298       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x + w, y + h, &right, &bottom );
7299     }
7300 #else
7301       int cw, ch;
7302       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7303       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7304       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7305 #endif
7306
7307     // avoid drawing grid lines past the last row and col
7308     //
7309     right = wxMin( right, GetColRight(m_numCols - 1) );
7310     bottom = wxMin( bottom, GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) );
7311
7312     // no gridlines inside multicells, clip them out
7313     int leftCol = internalXToCol(left);
7314     int topRow = internalYToRow(top);
7315     int rightCol = internalXToCol(right);
7316     int bottomRow = internalYToRow(bottom);
7317
7318 #ifndef __WXMAC__
7319     // CS: I don't know why suddenly unscrolled coordinates are used for clipping
7320     wxRegion clippedcells(0, 0, cw, ch);
7321
7322     int i, j, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7323     wxRect rect;
7324
7325     for (j=topRow; j<bottomRow; j++)
7326     {
7327         for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++)
7328         {
7329             GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7330             if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
7331             {
7332                 rect = CellToRect(j,i);
7333                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7334                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7335             }
7336             else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
7337             {
7338                 rect = CellToRect(j + cell_rows, i + cell_cols);
7339                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7340                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7341             }
7342         }
7343     }
7344 #else
7345     wxRegion clippedcells( left , top, right - left, bottom - top);
7346
7347     int i, j, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7348     wxRect rect;
7349
7350     for (j=topRow; j<bottomRow; j++)
7351     {
7352         for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++)
7353         {
7354             GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7355             if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
7356             {
7357                 rect = CellToRect(j, i);
7358                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7359             }
7360             else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
7361             {
7362                 rect = CellToRect(j + cell_rows, i + cell_cols);
7363                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7364             }
7365         }
7366     }
7367 #endif
7368
7369     dc.SetClippingRegion( clippedcells );
7370
7371     dc.SetPen( wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxSOLID) );
7372
7373     // horizontal grid lines
7374     //
7375     // already declared above - int i;
7376     for ( i = internalYToRow(top); i < m_numRows; i++ )
7377     {
7378         int bot = GetRowBottom(i) - 1;
7379
7380         if ( bot > bottom )
7381         {
7382             break;
7383         }
7384
7385         if ( bot >= top )
7386         {
7387             dc.DrawLine( left, bot, right, bot );
7388         }
7389     }
7390
7391     // vertical grid lines
7392     //
7393     for ( i = internalXToCol(left); i < m_numCols; i++ )
7394     {
7395         int colRight = GetColRight(i) - 1;
7396         if ( colRight > right )
7397         {
7398             break;
7399         }
7400
7401         if ( colRight >= left )
7402         {
7403             dc.DrawLine( colRight, top, colRight, bottom );
7404         }
7405     }
7406
7407     dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
7408 }
7409
7410 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc ,const wxArrayInt& rows)
7411 {
7412     if ( !m_numRows )
7413         return;
7414
7415     size_t i;
7416     size_t numLabels = rows.GetCount();
7417
7418     for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
7419     {
7420         DrawRowLabel( dc, rows[i] );
7421     }
7422 }
7423
7424 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row )
7425 {
7426     if ( GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 || m_rowLabelWidth <= 0 )
7427         return;
7428
7429     wxRect rect;
7430
7431 #ifdef __WXGTK20__
7432     rect.SetX( 1 );
7433     rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 1 );
7434     rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 2 );
7435     rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 2 );
7436
7437     CalcScrolledPosition( 0, rect.y, NULL, &rect.y );
7438
7439     wxWindowDC *win_dc = (wxWindowDC*) &dc;
7440
7441     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( win_dc->m_owner, dc, rect, 0 );
7442 #else
7443     int rowTop = GetRowTop(row),
7444         rowBottom = GetRowBottom(row) - 1;
7445
7446     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DDKSHADOW), 1, wxSOLID) );
7447     dc.DrawLine( m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowBottom );
7448     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowTop, 0, rowBottom );
7449     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowBottom, m_rowLabelWidth, rowBottom );
7450
7451     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
7452     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, 1, rowBottom );
7453     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop );
7454 #endif
7455
7456     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
7457     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
7458     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
7459
7460     int hAlign, vAlign;
7461     GetRowLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
7462
7463     rect.SetX( 2 );
7464     rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 2 );
7465     rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 4 );
7466     rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 4 );
7467     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetRowLabelValue( row ), rect, hAlign, vAlign );
7468 }
7469
7470 void wxGrid::DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc,const wxArrayInt& cols )
7471 {
7472     if ( !m_numCols )
7473         return;
7474
7475     size_t i;
7476     size_t numLabels = cols.GetCount();
7477
7478     for ( i = 0;  i < numLabels;  i++ )
7479     {
7480         DrawColLabel( dc, cols[i] );
7481     }
7482 }
7483
7484 void wxGrid::DrawColLabel( wxDC& dc, int col )
7485 {
7486     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || m_colLabelHeight <= 0 )
7487         return;
7488
7489     int colLeft = GetColLeft(col);
7490
7491     wxRect rect;
7492
7493 #ifdef __WXGTK20__
7494     rect.SetX( colLeft + 1 );
7495     rect.SetY( 1 );
7496     rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 2 );
7497     rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 2 );
7498
7499     wxWindowDC *win_dc = (wxWindowDC*) &dc;
7500
7501     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( win_dc->m_owner, dc, rect, 0 );
7502 #else
7503     int colRight = GetColRight(col) - 1;
7504
7505     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DDKSHADOW), 1, wxSOLID) );
7506     dc.DrawLine( colRight, 0, colRight, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
7507     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 0, colRight, 0 );
7508     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1,
7509                  colRight + 1, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
7510
7511     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
7512     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
7513     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
7514 #endif
7515
7516     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
7517     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
7518     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
7519
7520     int hAlign, vAlign, orient;
7521     GetColLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
7522     orient = GetColLabelTextOrientation();
7523
7524     rect.SetX( colLeft + 2 );
7525     rect.SetY( 2 );
7526     rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 4 );
7527     rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 4 );
7528     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetColLabelValue( col ), rect, hAlign, vAlign, orient );
7529 }
7530
7531 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc,
7532                                 const wxString& value,
7533                                 const wxRect& rect,
7534                                 int horizAlign,
7535                                 int vertAlign,
7536                                 int textOrientation )
7537 {
7538     wxArrayString lines;
7539
7540     StringToLines( value, lines );
7541
7542     // Forward to new API.
7543     DrawTextRectangle( dc,
7544         lines,
7545         rect,
7546         horizAlign,
7547         vertAlign,
7548         textOrientation );
7549 }
7550
7551 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc,
7552                                const wxArrayString& lines,
7553                                const wxRect& rect,
7554                                int horizAlign,
7555                                int vertAlign,
7556                                int textOrientation )
7557 {
7558     long textWidth = 0, textHeight = 0;
7559     long lineWidth = 0, lineHeight = 0;
7560     int nLines;
7561
7562     dc.SetClippingRegion( rect );
7563
7564     nLines = lines.GetCount();
7565     if ( nLines > 0 )
7566     {
7567         int l;
7568         float x = 0.0, y = 0.0;
7569
7570         if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7571             GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textWidth, &textHeight );
7572         else
7573             GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textHeight, &textWidth );
7574
7575         switch ( vertAlign )
7576         {
7577         case wxALIGN_BOTTOM:
7578             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7579                 y = rect.y + (rect.height - textHeight - 1);
7580             else
7581                 x = rect.x + rect.width - textWidth;
7582             break;
7583
7584         case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
7585             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7586                 y = rect.y + ((rect.height - textHeight) / 2);
7587             else
7588                 x = rect.x + ((rect.width - textWidth) / 2);
7589             break;
7590
7591         case wxALIGN_TOP:
7592         default:
7593             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7594                 y = rect.y + 1;
7595             else
7596                 x = rect.x + 1;
7597             break;
7598         }
7599
7600         // Align each line of a multi-line label
7601         for ( l = 0; l < nLines; l++ )
7602         {
7603             dc.GetTextExtent(lines[l], &lineWidth, &lineHeight);
7604
7605             switch ( horizAlign )
7606             {
7607             case wxALIGN_RIGHT:
7608                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7609                     x = rect.x + (rect.width - lineWidth - 1);
7610                 else
7611                     y = rect.y + lineWidth + 1;
7612                 break;
7613
7614             case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
7615                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7616                     x = rect.x + ((rect.width - lineWidth) / 2);
7617                 else
7618                     y = rect.y + rect.height - ((rect.height - lineWidth) / 2);
7619                 break;
7620
7621             case wxALIGN_LEFT:
7622             default:
7623                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7624                     x = rect.x + 1;
7625                 else
7626                     y = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
7627                 break;
7628             }
7629
7630             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7631             {
7632                 dc.DrawText( lines[l], (int)x, (int)y );
7633                 y += lineHeight;
7634             }
7635             else
7636             {
7637                 dc.DrawRotatedText( lines[l], (int)x, (int)y, 90.0 );
7638                 x += lineHeight;
7639             }
7640         }
7641     }
7642
7643     dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
7644 }
7645
7646 // Split multi-line text up into an array of strings.
7647 // Any existing contents of the string array are preserved.
7648 //
7649 void wxGrid::StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines )
7650 {
7651     int startPos = 0;
7652     int pos;
7653     wxString eol = wxTextFile::GetEOL( wxTextFileType_Unix );
7654     wxString tVal = wxTextFile::Translate( value, wxTextFileType_Unix );
7655
7656     while ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() )
7657     {
7658         pos = tVal.Mid(startPos).Find( eol );
7659         if ( pos < 0 )
7660         {
7661             break;
7662         }
7663         else if ( pos == 0 )
7664         {
7665             lines.Add( wxEmptyString );
7666         }
7667         else
7668         {
7669             lines.Add( value.Mid(startPos, pos) );
7670         }
7671
7672         startPos += pos + 1;
7673     }
7674
7675     if ( startPos < (int)value.length() )
7676     {
7677         lines.Add( value.Mid( startPos ) );
7678     }
7679 }
7680
7681 void wxGrid::GetTextBoxSize( const wxDC& dc,
7682                              const wxArrayString& lines,
7683                              long *width, long *height )
7684 {
7685     long w = 0;
7686     long h = 0;
7687     long lineW = 0, lineH = 0;
7688
7689     size_t i;
7690     for ( i = 0;  i < lines.GetCount();  i++ )
7691     {
7692         dc.GetTextExtent( lines[i], &lineW, &lineH );
7693         w = wxMax( w, lineW );
7694         h += lineH;
7695     }
7696
7697     *width = w;
7698     *height = h;
7699 }
7700
7701 //
7702 // ------ Batch processing.
7703 //
7704 void wxGrid::EndBatch()
7705 {
7706     if ( m_batchCount > 0 )
7707     {
7708         m_batchCount--;
7709         if ( !m_batchCount )
7710         {
7711             CalcDimensions();
7712             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
7713             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
7714             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
7715             m_gridWin->Refresh();
7716         }
7717     }
7718 }
7719
7720 // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an immediate
7721 // repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are already inside a
7722 // BeginBatch / EndBatch block.
7723 //
7724 void wxGrid::ForceRefresh()
7725 {
7726     BeginBatch();
7727     EndBatch();
7728 }
7729
7730 bool wxGrid::Enable(bool enable)
7731 {
7732     if ( !wxScrolledWindow::Enable(enable) )
7733         return false;
7734
7735     // redraw in the new state
7736     m_gridWin->Refresh();
7737
7738     return true;
7739 }
7740
7741 //
7742 // ------ Edit control functions
7743 //
7744
7745 void wxGrid::EnableEditing( bool edit )
7746 {
7747     // TODO: improve this ?
7748     //
7749     if ( edit != m_editable )
7750     {
7751         if (!edit)
7752             EnableCellEditControl(edit);
7753         m_editable = edit;
7754     }
7755 }
7756
7757 void wxGrid::EnableCellEditControl( bool enable )
7758 {
7759     if (! m_editable)
7760         return;
7761
7762     if ( enable != m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
7763     {
7764         if ( enable )
7765         {
7766             if (SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) <0)
7767                 return;
7768
7769             // this should be checked by the caller!
7770             wxASSERT_MSG( CanEnableCellControl(), _T("can't enable editing for this cell!") );
7771
7772             // do it before ShowCellEditControl()
7773             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
7774
7775             ShowCellEditControl();
7776         }
7777         else
7778         {
7779             //FIXME:add veto support
7780             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN );
7781
7782             HideCellEditControl();
7783             SaveEditControlValue();
7784
7785             // do it after HideCellEditControl()
7786             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
7787         }
7788     }
7789 }
7790
7791 bool wxGrid::IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const
7792 {
7793     // const_cast
7794     wxGridCellAttr* attr = ((wxGrid *)this)->GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
7795     bool readonly = attr->IsReadOnly();
7796     attr->DecRef();
7797
7798     return readonly;
7799 }
7800
7801 bool wxGrid::CanEnableCellControl() const
7802 {
7803     return m_editable && (m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords) &&
7804         !IsCurrentCellReadOnly();
7805 }
7806
7807 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const
7808 {
7809     // the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the
7810     // current one if it's read only
7811     return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : false;
7812 }
7813
7814 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlShown() const
7815 {
7816     bool isShown = false;
7817
7818     if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
7819     {
7820         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7821         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7822         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7823         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor((wxGrid*) this, row, col);
7824         attr->DecRef();
7825
7826         if ( editor )
7827         {
7828             if ( editor->IsCreated() )
7829             {
7830                 isShown = editor->GetControl()->IsShown();
7831             }
7832
7833             editor->DecRef();
7834         }
7835     }
7836
7837     return isShown;
7838 }
7839
7840 void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl()
7841 {
7842     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
7843     {
7844         if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
7845         {
7846             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
7847             return;
7848         }
7849         else
7850         {
7851             wxRect rect = CellToRect( m_currentCellCoords );
7852             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7853             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7854
7855             // if this is part of a multicell, find owner (topleft)
7856             int cell_rows, cell_cols;
7857             GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7858             if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
7859             {
7860                 row += cell_rows;
7861                 col += cell_cols;
7862                 m_currentCellCoords.SetRow( row );
7863                 m_currentCellCoords.SetCol( col );
7864             }
7865
7866             // convert to scrolled coords
7867             CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7868
7869             int nXMove = 0;
7870             if (rect.x < 0)
7871                 nXMove = rect.x;
7872
7873             // performed in PaintBackground()
7874 #if 0
7875             // erase the highlight and the cell contents because the editor
7876             // might not cover the entire cell
7877             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
7878             PrepareDC( dc );
7879             dc.SetBrush(*wxLIGHT_GREY_BRUSH); //wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID));
7880             dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
7881             dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
7882 #endif
7883
7884             // cell is shifted by one pixel
7885             // However, don't allow x or y to become negative
7886             // since the SetSize() method interprets that as
7887             // "don't change."
7888             if (rect.x > 0)
7889                 rect.x--;
7890             if (rect.y > 0)
7891                 rect.y--;
7892
7893             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7894             wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7895             if ( !editor->IsCreated() )
7896             {
7897                 editor->Create(m_gridWin, wxID_ANY,
7898                                new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor));
7899
7900                 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent evt(GetId(),
7901                                              wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED,
7902                                              this,
7903                                              row,
7904                                              col,
7905                                              editor->GetControl());
7906                 GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt);
7907             }
7908
7909             // resize editor to overflow into righthand cells if allowed
7910             int maxWidth = rect.width;
7911             wxString value = GetCellValue(row, col);
7912             if ( (value != wxEmptyString) && (attr->GetOverflow()) )
7913             {
7914                 int y;
7915                 GetTextExtent(value, &maxWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &attr->GetFont());
7916                 if (maxWidth < rect.width)
7917                     maxWidth = rect.width;
7918             }
7919
7920             int client_right = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
7921             if (rect.x + maxWidth > client_right)
7922                 maxWidth = client_right - rect.x;
7923
7924             if ((maxWidth > rect.width) && (col < m_numCols) && m_table)
7925             {
7926                 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7927                 // may have changed earlier
7928                 for (int i = col + cell_cols; i < m_numCols; i++)
7929                 {
7930                     int c_rows, c_cols;
7931                     GetCellSize( row, i, &c_rows, &c_cols );
7932
7933                     // looks weird going over a multicell
7934                     if (m_table->IsEmptyCell( row, i ) &&
7935                             (rect.width < maxWidth) && (c_rows == 1))
7936                     {
7937                         rect.width += GetColWidth( i );
7938                     }
7939                     else
7940                         break;
7941                 }
7942
7943                 if (rect.GetRight() > client_right)
7944                     rect.SetRight( client_right - 1 );
7945             }
7946
7947             editor->SetCellAttr( attr );
7948             editor->SetSize( rect );
7949             editor->GetControl()->Move(
7950                 editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().x + nXMove,
7951                 editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().y );
7952             editor->Show( true, attr );
7953
7954             int colXPos = 0;
7955             for (int i = 0; i < m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); i++)
7956             {
7957                 colXPos += GetColSize( i );
7958             }
7959
7960             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
7961             GetScrollPixelsPerUnit( &xUnit, &yUnit );
7962             if (m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() != 0)
7963                 Scroll( colXPos / xUnit - 1, GetScrollPos( wxVERTICAL ) );
7964             else
7965                 Scroll( colXPos / xUnit, GetScrollPos( wxVERTICAL ) );
7966
7967             // recalc dimensions in case we need to
7968             // expand the scrolled window to account for editor
7969             CalcDimensions();
7970
7971             editor->BeginEdit(row, col, this);
7972             editor->SetCellAttr(NULL);
7973
7974             editor->DecRef();
7975             attr->DecRef();
7976         }
7977     }
7978 }
7979
7980 void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl()
7981 {
7982     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
7983     {
7984         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7985         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7986
7987         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7988         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7989         editor->Show( false );
7990         editor->DecRef();
7991         attr->DecRef();
7992
7993         m_gridWin->SetFocus();
7994
7995         // refresh whole row to the right
7996         wxRect rect( CellToRect(row, col) );
7997         CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7998         rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth() - rect.x;
7999
8000 #ifdef __WXMAC__
8001         // ensure that the pixels under the focus ring get refreshed as well
8002         rect.Inflate(10, 10);
8003 #endif
8004
8005         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
8006     }
8007 }
8008
8009 void wxGrid::SaveEditControlValue()
8010 {
8011     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8012     {
8013         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8014         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8015
8016         wxString oldval = GetCellValue(row, col);
8017
8018         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8019         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8020         bool changed = editor->EndEdit(row, col, this);
8021
8022         editor->DecRef();
8023         attr->DecRef();
8024
8025         if (changed)
8026         {
8027             if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE,
8028                        m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
8029                        m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < 0 )
8030             {
8031                 // Event has been vetoed, set the data back.
8032                 SetCellValue(row, col, oldval);
8033             }
8034         }
8035     }
8036 }
8037
8038 //
8039 // ------ Grid location functions
8040 //  Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of
8041 //  grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device
8042 //  coordinates for mouse events etc.
8043 //
8044
8045 void wxGrid::XYToCell( int x, int y, wxGridCellCoords& coords )
8046 {
8047     int row = YToRow(y);
8048     int col = XToCol(x);
8049
8050     if ( row == -1 || col == -1 )
8051     {
8052         coords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
8053     }
8054     else
8055     {
8056         coords.Set( row, col );
8057     }
8058 }
8059
8060 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
8061 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
8062 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
8063 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
8064
8065 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
8066                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
8067                            bool clipToMinMax)
8068 {
8069     if (coord < 0)
8070         return clipToMinMax && (nMax > 0) ? 0 : -1;
8071
8072     if (!defaultDist)
8073         defaultDist = 1;
8074
8075     size_t i_max = coord / defaultDist,
8076            i_min = 0;
8077
8078     if (BorderArray.IsEmpty())
8079     {
8080         if ((int) i_max < nMax)
8081             return i_max;
8082         return clipToMinMax ? nMax - 1 : -1;
8083     }
8084
8085     if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
8086     {
8087         i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8088     }
8089     else
8090     {
8091         if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
8092         {
8093             i_min = i_max;
8094             if (minDist)
8095                 i_max = coord / minDist;
8096             else
8097                 i_max =  BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8098         }
8099
8100         if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
8101             i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8102     }
8103
8104     if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
8105         return clipToMinMax ? (int)i_max : -1;
8106     if ( coord < BorderArray[0] )
8107         return 0;
8108
8109     while ( i_max - i_min > 0 )
8110     {
8111         wxCHECK_MSG(BorderArray[i_min] <= coord && coord < BorderArray[i_max],
8112                     0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in CoordToRowOrCol"));
8113         if (coord >=  BorderArray[ i_max - 1])
8114             return i_max;
8115         else
8116             i_max--;
8117         int median = i_min + (i_max - i_min + 1) / 2;
8118         if (coord < BorderArray[median])
8119             i_max = median;
8120         else
8121             i_min = median;
8122     }
8123
8124     return i_max;
8125 }
8126
8127 int wxGrid::YToRow( int y )
8128 {
8129     return CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight,
8130                            m_minAcceptableRowHeight, m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, false);
8131 }
8132
8133 int wxGrid::XToCol( int x )
8134 {
8135     return CoordToRowOrCol(x, m_defaultColWidth,
8136                            m_minAcceptableColWidth, m_colRights, m_numCols, false);
8137 }
8138
8139 // return the row number that that the y coord is near the edge of, or
8140 // -1 if not near an edge
8141 //
8142 int wxGrid::YToEdgeOfRow( int y )
8143 {
8144     int i;
8145     i = internalYToRow(y);
8146
8147     if ( GetRowHeight(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8148     {
8149         // We know that we are in row i, test whether we are
8150         // close enough to lower or upper border, respectively.
8151         if ( abs(GetRowBottom(i) - y) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8152             return i;
8153         else if ( i > 0 && y - GetRowTop(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8154             return i - 1;
8155     }
8156
8157     return -1;
8158 }
8159
8160 // return the col number that that the x coord is near the edge of, or
8161 // -1 if not near an edge
8162 //
8163 int wxGrid::XToEdgeOfCol( int x )
8164 {
8165     int i;
8166     i = internalXToCol(x);
8167
8168     if ( GetColWidth(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8169     {
8170         // We know that we are in column i; test whether we are
8171         // close enough to right or left border, respectively.
8172         if ( abs(GetColRight(i) - x) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8173             return i;
8174         else if ( i > 0 && x - GetColLeft(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8175             return i - 1;
8176     }
8177
8178     return -1;
8179 }
8180
8181 wxRect wxGrid::CellToRect( int row, int col )
8182 {
8183     wxRect rect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
8184
8185     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
8186          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
8187     {
8188         int i, cell_rows, cell_cols;
8189         rect.width = rect.height = 0;
8190         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8191         // if negative then find multicell owner
8192         if (cell_rows < 0)
8193             row += cell_rows;
8194         if (cell_cols < 0)
8195              col += cell_cols;
8196         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8197
8198         rect.x = GetColLeft(col);
8199         rect.y = GetRowTop(row);
8200         for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
8201             rect.width += GetColWidth(i);
8202         for (i=row; i < row + cell_rows; i++)
8203             rect.height += GetRowHeight(i);
8204     }
8205
8206     // if grid lines are enabled, then the area of the cell is a bit smaller
8207     if (m_gridLinesEnabled)
8208     {
8209         rect.width -= 1;
8210         rect.height -= 1;
8211     }
8212
8213     return rect;
8214 }
8215
8216 bool wxGrid::IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible )
8217 {
8218     // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8219     //
8220     wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8221
8222     // convert to device coords
8223     //
8224     int left, top, right, bottom;
8225     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8226     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8227
8228     // check against the client area of the grid window
8229     int cw, ch;
8230     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8231
8232     if ( wholeCellVisible )
8233     {
8234         // is the cell wholly visible ?
8235         return ( left >= 0 && right <= cw &&
8236                  top >= 0 && bottom <= ch );
8237     }
8238     else
8239     {
8240         // is the cell partly visible ?
8241         //
8242         return ( ((left >= 0 && left < cw) || (right > 0 && right <= cw)) &&
8243                  ((top >= 0 && top < ch) || (bottom > 0 && bottom <= ch)) );
8244     }
8245 }
8246
8247 // make the specified cell location visible by doing a minimal amount
8248 // of scrolling
8249 //
8250 void wxGrid::MakeCellVisible( int row, int col )
8251 {
8252     int i;
8253     int xpos = -1, ypos = -1;
8254
8255     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
8256          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
8257     {
8258         // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8259         wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8260
8261         // convert to device coords
8262         int left, top, right, bottom;
8263         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8264         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8265
8266         int cw, ch;
8267         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8268
8269         if ( top < 0 )
8270         {
8271             ypos = r.GetTop();
8272         }
8273         else if ( bottom > ch )
8274         {
8275             int h = r.GetHeight();
8276             ypos = r.GetTop();
8277             for ( i = row - 1;  i >= 0;  i-- )
8278             {
8279                 int rowHeight = GetRowHeight(i);
8280                 if ( h + rowHeight > ch )
8281                     break;
8282
8283                 h += rowHeight;
8284                 ypos -= rowHeight;
8285             }
8286
8287             // we divide it later by GRID_SCROLL_LINE, make sure that we don't
8288             // have rounding errors (this is important, because if we do, we
8289             // might not scroll at all and some cells won't be redrawn)
8290             //
8291             // Sometimes GRID_SCROLL_LINE/2 is not enough, so just add a full
8292             // scroll unit...
8293             ypos += m_scrollLineY;
8294         }
8295
8296         // special handling for wide cells - show always left part of the cell!
8297         // Otherwise, e.g. when stepping from row to row, it would jump between
8298         // left and right part of the cell on every step!
8299 //      if ( left < 0 )
8300         if ( left < 0 || (right - left) >= cw )
8301         {
8302             xpos = r.GetLeft();
8303         }
8304         else if ( right > cw )
8305         {
8306             // position the view so that the cell is on the right
8307             int x0, y0;
8308             CalcUnscrolledPosition(0, 0, &x0, &y0);
8309             xpos = x0 + (right - cw);
8310
8311             // see comment for ypos above
8312             xpos += m_scrollLineX;
8313         }
8314
8315         if ( xpos != -1 || ypos != -1 )
8316         {
8317             if ( xpos != -1 )
8318                 xpos /= m_scrollLineX;
8319             if ( ypos != -1 )
8320                 ypos /= m_scrollLineY;
8321             Scroll( xpos, ypos );
8322             AdjustScrollbars();
8323         }
8324     }
8325 }
8326
8327 //
8328 // ------ Grid cursor movement functions
8329 //
8330
8331 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUp( bool expandSelection )
8332 {
8333     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8334          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= 0 )
8335     {
8336         if ( expandSelection )
8337         {
8338             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8339                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8340             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() > 0 )
8341             {
8342                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() - 1 );
8343                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8344                                  m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8345                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8346             }
8347         }
8348         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
8349         {
8350             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() - 1;
8351             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8352             ClearSelection();
8353             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8354             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8355         }
8356         else
8357             return false;
8358
8359         return true;
8360     }
8361
8362     return false;
8363 }
8364
8365 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDown( bool expandSelection )
8366 {
8367     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8368          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows )
8369     {
8370         if ( expandSelection )
8371         {
8372             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8373                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8374             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8375             {
8376                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() + 1 );
8377                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8378                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8379                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8380             }
8381         }
8382         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8383         {
8384             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() + 1;
8385             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8386             ClearSelection();
8387             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8388             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8389         }
8390         else
8391             return false;
8392
8393         return true;
8394     }
8395
8396     return false;
8397 }
8398
8399 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeft( bool expandSelection )
8400 {
8401     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8402          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= 0 )
8403     {
8404         if ( expandSelection )
8405         {
8406             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8407                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8408             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() > 0 )
8409             {
8410                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() - 1 );
8411                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8412                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8413                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8414             }
8415         }
8416         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 )
8417         {
8418             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8419             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() - 1;
8420             ClearSelection();
8421             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8422             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8423         }
8424         else
8425             return false;
8426
8427         return true;
8428     }
8429
8430     return false;
8431 }
8432
8433 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRight( bool expandSelection )
8434 {
8435     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8436          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols )
8437     {
8438         if ( expandSelection )
8439         {
8440             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8441                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8442             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
8443             {
8444                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() + 1 );
8445                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8446                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8447                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8448             }
8449         }
8450         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
8451         {
8452             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8453             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() + 1;
8454             ClearSelection();
8455             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8456             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8457         }
8458         else
8459             return false;
8460
8461         return true;
8462     }
8463
8464     return false;
8465 }
8466
8467 bool wxGrid::MovePageUp()
8468 {
8469     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8470         return false;
8471
8472     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8473     if ( row > 0 )
8474     {
8475         int cw, ch;
8476         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8477
8478         int y = GetRowTop(row);
8479         int newRow = internalYToRow( y - ch + 1 );
8480
8481         if ( newRow == row )
8482         {
8483             //row > 0 , so newrow can never be less than 0 here.
8484             newRow = row - 1;
8485         }
8486
8487         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8488         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8489
8490         return true;
8491     }
8492
8493     return false;
8494 }
8495
8496 bool wxGrid::MovePageDown()
8497 {
8498     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8499         return false;
8500
8501     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8502     if ( (row + 1) < m_numRows )
8503     {
8504         int cw, ch;
8505         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8506
8507         int y = GetRowTop(row);
8508         int newRow = internalYToRow( y + ch );
8509         if ( newRow == row )
8510         {
8511             // row < m_numRows , so newrow can't overflow here.
8512             newRow = row + 1;
8513         }
8514
8515         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8516         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8517
8518         return true;
8519     }
8520
8521     return false;
8522 }
8523
8524 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock( bool expandSelection )
8525 {
8526     if ( m_table &&
8527          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8528          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
8529     {
8530         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8531         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8532
8533         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8534         {
8535             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
8536             // non-empty cells
8537             //
8538             while ( row > 0 )
8539             {
8540                 row--;
8541                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
8542                     break;
8543             }
8544         }
8545         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row - 1, col) )
8546         {
8547             // starting at the top of a block: find the next block
8548             //
8549             row--;
8550             while ( row > 0 )
8551             {
8552                 row--;
8553                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
8554                     break;
8555             }
8556         }
8557         else
8558         {
8559             // starting within a block: find the top of the block
8560             //
8561             while ( row > 0 )
8562             {
8563                 row--;
8564                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8565                 {
8566                     row++;
8567                     break;
8568                 }
8569             }
8570         }
8571
8572         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8573         if ( expandSelection )
8574         {
8575             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
8576             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8577         }
8578         else
8579         {
8580             ClearSelection();
8581             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8582         }
8583
8584         return true;
8585     }
8586
8587     return false;
8588 }
8589
8590 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection )
8591 {
8592     if ( m_table &&
8593          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8594          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8595     {
8596         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8597         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8598
8599         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8600         {
8601             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
8602             // non-empty cells
8603             //
8604             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
8605             {
8606                 row++;
8607                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
8608                     break;
8609             }
8610         }
8611         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + 1, col) )
8612         {
8613             // starting at the bottom of a block: find the next block
8614             //
8615             row++;
8616             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
8617             {
8618                 row++;
8619                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
8620                     break;
8621             }
8622         }
8623         else
8624         {
8625             // starting within a block: find the bottom of the block
8626             //
8627             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
8628             {
8629                 row++;
8630                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8631                 {
8632                     row--;
8633                     break;
8634                 }
8635             }
8636         }
8637
8638         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8639         if ( expandSelection )
8640         {
8641             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
8642             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8643         }
8644         else
8645         {
8646             ClearSelection();
8647             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8648         }
8649
8650         return true;
8651     }
8652
8653     return false;
8654 }
8655
8656 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection )
8657 {
8658     if ( m_table &&
8659          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8660          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 )
8661     {
8662         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8663         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8664
8665         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8666         {
8667             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
8668             // non-empty cells
8669             //
8670             while ( col > 0 )
8671             {
8672                 col--;
8673                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
8674                     break;
8675             }
8676         }
8677         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col - 1) )
8678         {
8679             // starting at the left of a block: find the next block
8680             //
8681             col--;
8682             while ( col > 0 )
8683             {
8684                 col--;
8685                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
8686                     break;
8687             }
8688         }
8689         else
8690         {
8691             // starting within a block: find the left of the block
8692             //
8693             while ( col > 0 )
8694             {
8695                 col--;
8696                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8697                 {
8698                     col++;
8699                     break;
8700                 }
8701             }
8702         }
8703
8704         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8705         if ( expandSelection )
8706         {
8707             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
8708             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8709         }
8710         else
8711         {
8712             ClearSelection();
8713             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8714         }
8715
8716         return true;
8717     }
8718
8719     return false;
8720 }
8721
8722 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection )
8723 {
8724     if ( m_table &&
8725          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8726          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
8727     {
8728         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8729         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8730
8731         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8732         {
8733             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
8734             // non-empty cells
8735             //
8736             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
8737             {
8738                 col++;
8739                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
8740                     break;
8741             }
8742         }
8743         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col + 1) )
8744         {
8745             // starting at the right of a block: find the next block
8746             //
8747             col++;
8748             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
8749             {
8750                 col++;
8751                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
8752                     break;
8753             }
8754         }
8755         else
8756         {
8757             // starting within a block: find the right of the block
8758             //
8759             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
8760             {
8761                 col++;
8762                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8763                 {
8764                     col--;
8765                     break;
8766                 }
8767             }
8768         }
8769
8770         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8771         if ( expandSelection )
8772         {
8773             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
8774             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8775         }
8776         else
8777         {
8778             ClearSelection();
8779             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8780         }
8781
8782         return true;
8783     }
8784
8785     return false;
8786 }
8787
8788 //
8789 // ------ Label values and formatting
8790 //
8791
8792 void wxGrid::GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert )
8793 {
8794     if ( horiz )
8795         *horiz = m_rowLabelHorizAlign;
8796     if ( vert )
8797         *vert  = m_rowLabelVertAlign;
8798 }
8799
8800 void wxGrid::GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert )
8801 {
8802     if ( horiz )
8803         *horiz = m_colLabelHorizAlign;
8804     if ( vert )
8805         *vert  = m_colLabelVertAlign;
8806 }
8807
8808 int wxGrid::GetColLabelTextOrientation()
8809 {
8810     return m_colLabelTextOrientation;
8811 }
8812
8813 wxString wxGrid::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
8814 {
8815     if ( m_table )
8816     {
8817         return m_table->GetRowLabelValue( row );
8818     }
8819     else
8820     {
8821         wxString s;
8822         s << row;
8823         return s;
8824     }
8825 }
8826
8827 wxString wxGrid::GetColLabelValue( int col )
8828 {
8829     if ( m_table )
8830     {
8831         return m_table->GetColLabelValue( col );
8832     }
8833     else
8834     {
8835         wxString s;
8836         s << col;
8837         return s;
8838     }
8839 }
8840
8841 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize( int width )
8842 {
8843     width = wxMax( width, 0 );
8844     if ( width != m_rowLabelWidth )
8845     {
8846         if ( width == 0 )
8847         {
8848             m_rowLabelWin->Show( false );
8849             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
8850         }
8851         else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 )
8852         {
8853             m_rowLabelWin->Show( true );
8854             if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 )
8855                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
8856         }
8857
8858         m_rowLabelWidth = width;
8859         CalcWindowSizes();
8860         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
8861     }
8862 }
8863
8864 void wxGrid::SetColLabelSize( int height )
8865 {
8866     height = wxMax( height, 0 );
8867     if ( height != m_colLabelHeight )
8868     {
8869         if ( height == 0 )
8870         {
8871             m_colLabelWin->Show( false );
8872             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
8873         }
8874         else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 )
8875         {
8876             m_colLabelWin->Show( true );
8877             if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 )
8878                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
8879         }
8880
8881         m_colLabelHeight = height;
8882         CalcWindowSizes();
8883         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
8884     }
8885 }
8886
8887 void wxGrid::SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& colour )
8888 {
8889     if ( m_labelBackgroundColour != colour )
8890     {
8891         m_labelBackgroundColour = colour;
8892         m_rowLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
8893         m_colLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
8894         m_cornerLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
8895
8896         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8897         {
8898             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8899             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8900             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
8901         }
8902     }
8903 }
8904
8905 void wxGrid::SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& colour )
8906 {
8907     if ( m_labelTextColour != colour )
8908     {
8909         m_labelTextColour = colour;
8910         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8911         {
8912             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8913             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8914         }
8915     }
8916 }
8917
8918 void wxGrid::SetLabelFont( const wxFont& font )
8919 {
8920     m_labelFont = font;
8921     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8922     {
8923         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8924         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8925     }
8926 }
8927
8928 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
8929 {
8930     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
8931     switch ( horiz )
8932     {
8933         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
8934         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
8935         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
8936     }
8937
8938     switch ( vert )
8939     {
8940         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
8941         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
8942         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
8943     }
8944
8945     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
8946     {
8947         m_rowLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
8948     }
8949
8950     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
8951     {
8952         m_rowLabelVertAlign = vert;
8953     }
8954
8955     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8956     {
8957         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8958     }
8959 }
8960
8961 void wxGrid::SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
8962 {
8963     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
8964     switch ( horiz )
8965     {
8966         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
8967         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
8968         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
8969     }
8970
8971     switch ( vert )
8972     {
8973         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
8974         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
8975         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
8976     }
8977
8978     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
8979     {
8980         m_colLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
8981     }
8982
8983     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
8984     {
8985         m_colLabelVertAlign = vert;
8986     }
8987
8988     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8989     {
8990         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8991     }
8992 }
8993
8994 // Note: under MSW, the default column label font must be changed because it
8995 //       does not support vertical printing
8996 //
8997 // Example: wxFont font(9, wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxBOLD);
8998 //                      pGrid->SetLabelFont(font);
8999 //                      pGrid->SetColLabelTextOrientation(wxVERTICAL);
9000 //
9001 void wxGrid::SetColLabelTextOrientation( int textOrientation )
9002 {
9003     if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL || textOrientation == wxVERTICAL )
9004         m_colLabelTextOrientation = textOrientation;
9005
9006     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9007         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9008 }
9009
9010 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& s )
9011 {
9012     if ( m_table )
9013     {
9014         m_table->SetRowLabelValue( row, s );
9015         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9016         {
9017             wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, 0 );
9018             if ( rect.height > 0 )
9019             {
9020                 CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y);
9021                 rect.x = 0;
9022                 rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
9023                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9024             }
9025         }
9026     }
9027 }
9028
9029 void wxGrid::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& s )
9030 {
9031     if ( m_table )
9032     {
9033         m_table->SetColLabelValue( col, s );
9034         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9035         {
9036             wxRect rect = CellToRect( 0, col );
9037             if ( rect.width > 0 )
9038             {
9039                 CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y);
9040                 rect.y = 0;
9041                 rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
9042                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9043             }
9044         }
9045     }
9046 }
9047
9048 void wxGrid::SetGridLineColour( const wxColour& colour )
9049 {
9050     if ( m_gridLineColour != colour )
9051     {
9052         m_gridLineColour = colour;
9053
9054         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9055         PrepareDC( dc );
9056         DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
9057     }
9058 }
9059
9060 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& colour )
9061 {
9062     if ( m_cellHighlightColour != colour )
9063     {
9064         m_cellHighlightColour = colour;
9065
9066         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9067         PrepareDC( dc );
9068         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
9069         DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
9070         attr->DecRef();
9071     }
9072 }
9073
9074 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width)
9075 {
9076     if (m_cellHighlightPenWidth != width)
9077     {
9078         m_cellHighlightPenWidth = width;
9079
9080         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
9081         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
9082         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9083         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9084         if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
9085             return;
9086
9087         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
9088         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
9089     }
9090 }
9091
9092 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width)
9093 {
9094     if (m_cellHighlightROPenWidth != width)
9095     {
9096         m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = width;
9097
9098         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
9099         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
9100         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9101         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9102         if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
9103             return;
9104
9105         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
9106         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
9107     }
9108 }
9109
9110 void wxGrid::EnableGridLines( bool enable )
9111 {
9112     if ( enable != m_gridLinesEnabled )
9113     {
9114         m_gridLinesEnabled = enable;
9115
9116         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9117         {
9118             if ( enable )
9119             {
9120                 wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9121                 PrepareDC( dc );
9122                 DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
9123             }
9124             else
9125             {
9126                 m_gridWin->Refresh();
9127             }
9128         }
9129     }
9130 }
9131
9132 int wxGrid::GetDefaultRowSize()
9133 {
9134     return m_defaultRowHeight;
9135 }
9136
9137 int wxGrid::GetRowSize( int row )
9138 {
9139     wxCHECK_MSG( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, 0, _T("invalid row index") );
9140
9141     return GetRowHeight(row);
9142 }
9143
9144 int wxGrid::GetDefaultColSize()
9145 {
9146     return m_defaultColWidth;
9147 }
9148
9149 int wxGrid::GetColSize( int col )
9150 {
9151     wxCHECK_MSG( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, 0, _T("invalid column index") );
9152
9153     return GetColWidth(col);
9154 }
9155
9156 // ============================================================================
9157 // access to the grid attributes: each of them has a default value in the grid
9158 // itself and may be overidden on a per-cell basis
9159 // ============================================================================
9160
9161 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9162 // setting default attributes
9163 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9164
9165 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col )
9166 {
9167     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9168 #ifdef __WXGTK__
9169     m_gridWin->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9170 #endif
9171 }
9172
9173 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& col )
9174 {
9175     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(col);
9176 }
9177
9178 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9179 {
9180     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9181 }
9182
9183 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellOverflow( bool allow )
9184 {
9185     m_defaultCellAttr->SetOverflow(allow);
9186 }
9187
9188 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& font )
9189 {
9190     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(font);
9191 }
9192
9193 // For editors and renderers the type registry takes precedence over the
9194 // default attr, so we need to register the new editor/renderer for the string
9195 // data type in order to make setting a default editor/renderer appear to
9196 // work correctly.
9197
9198 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
9199 {
9200     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9201                      renderer,
9202                      GetDefaultEditorForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING));
9203 }
9204
9205 void wxGrid::SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor)
9206 {
9207     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9208                      GetDefaultRendererForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING),
9209                      editor);
9210 }
9211
9212 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9213 // access to the default attrbiutes
9214 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9215
9216 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour()
9217 {
9218     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
9219 }
9220
9221 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellTextColour()
9222 {
9223     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetTextColour();
9224 }
9225
9226 wxFont wxGrid::GetDefaultCellFont()
9227 {
9228     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont();
9229 }
9230
9231 void wxGrid::GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert )
9232 {
9233     m_defaultCellAttr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9234 }
9235
9236 bool wxGrid::GetDefaultCellOverflow()
9237 {
9238     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetOverflow();
9239 }
9240
9241 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGrid::GetDefaultRenderer() const
9242 {
9243     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
9244 }
9245
9246 wxGridCellEditor *wxGrid::GetDefaultEditor() const
9247 {
9248     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
9249 }
9250
9251 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9252 // access to cell attributes
9253 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9254
9255 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellBackgroundColour(int row, int col)
9256 {
9257     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9258     wxColour colour = attr->GetBackgroundColour();
9259     attr->DecRef();
9260
9261     return colour;
9262 }
9263
9264 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellTextColour( int row, int col )
9265 {
9266     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9267     wxColour colour = attr->GetTextColour();
9268     attr->DecRef();
9269
9270     return colour;
9271 }
9272
9273 wxFont wxGrid::GetCellFont( int row, int col )
9274 {
9275     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9276     wxFont font = attr->GetFont();
9277     attr->DecRef();
9278
9279     return font;
9280 }
9281
9282 void wxGrid::GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert )
9283 {
9284     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9285     attr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9286     attr->DecRef();
9287 }
9288
9289 bool wxGrid::GetCellOverflow( int row, int col )
9290 {
9291     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9292     bool allow = attr->GetOverflow();
9293     attr->DecRef();
9294
9295     return allow;
9296 }
9297
9298 void wxGrid::GetCellSize( int row, int col, int *num_rows, int *num_cols )
9299 {
9300     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9301     attr->GetSize( num_rows, num_cols );
9302     attr->DecRef();
9303 }
9304
9305 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetCellRenderer(int row, int col)
9306 {
9307     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9308     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
9309     attr->DecRef();
9310
9311     return renderer;
9312 }
9313
9314 wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetCellEditor(int row, int col)
9315 {
9316     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9317     wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
9318     attr->DecRef();
9319
9320     return editor;
9321 }
9322
9323 bool wxGrid::IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const
9324 {
9325     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9326     bool isReadOnly = attr->IsReadOnly();
9327     attr->DecRef();
9328
9329     return isReadOnly;
9330 }
9331
9332 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9333 // attribute support: cache, automatic provider creation, ...
9334 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9335
9336 bool wxGrid::CanHaveAttributes()
9337 {
9338     if ( !m_table )
9339     {
9340         return false;
9341     }
9342
9343     return m_table->CanHaveAttributes();
9344 }
9345
9346 void wxGrid::ClearAttrCache()
9347 {
9348     if ( m_attrCache.row != -1 )
9349     {
9350         wxSafeDecRef(m_attrCache.attr);
9351         m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
9352         m_attrCache.row = -1;
9353     }
9354 }
9355
9356 void wxGrid::CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const
9357 {
9358     if ( attr != NULL )
9359     {
9360         wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
9361
9362         self->ClearAttrCache();
9363         self->m_attrCache.row = row;
9364         self->m_attrCache.col = col;
9365         self->m_attrCache.attr = attr;
9366         wxSafeIncRef(attr);
9367     }
9368 }
9369
9370 bool wxGrid::LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const
9371 {
9372     if ( row == m_attrCache.row && col == m_attrCache.col )
9373     {
9374         *attr = m_attrCache.attr;
9375         wxSafeIncRef(m_attrCache.attr);
9376
9377 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9378         gs_nAttrCacheHits++;
9379 #endif
9380
9381         return true;
9382     }
9383     else
9384     {
9385 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9386         gs_nAttrCacheMisses++;
9387 #endif
9388
9389         return false;
9390     }
9391 }
9392
9393 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const
9394 {
9395     wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
9396     // Additional test to avoid looking at the cache e.g. for
9397     // wxNoCellCoords, as this will confuse memory management.
9398     if ( row >= 0 )
9399     {
9400         if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) )
9401         {
9402             attr = m_table ? m_table->GetAttr(row, col , wxGridCellAttr::Any)
9403                            : (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
9404             CacheAttr(row, col, attr);
9405         }
9406     }
9407
9408     if (attr)
9409     {
9410         attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
9411     }
9412     else
9413     {
9414         attr = m_defaultCellAttr;
9415         attr->IncRef();
9416     }
9417
9418     return attr;
9419 }
9420
9421 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const
9422 {
9423     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
9424     bool canHave = ((wxGrid*)this)->CanHaveAttributes();
9425
9426     wxCHECK_MSG( canHave, attr, _T("Cell attributes not allowed"));
9427     wxCHECK_MSG( m_table, attr, _T("must have a table") );
9428
9429     attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
9430     if ( !attr )
9431     {
9432         attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
9433
9434         // artificially inc the ref count to match DecRef() in caller
9435         attr->IncRef();
9436         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
9437     }
9438
9439     return attr;
9440 }
9441
9442 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9443 // setting column attributes (wrappers around SetColAttr)
9444 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9445
9446 void wxGrid::SetColFormatBool(int col)
9447 {
9448     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL);
9449 }
9450
9451 void wxGrid::SetColFormatNumber(int col)
9452 {
9453     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER);
9454 }
9455
9456 void wxGrid::SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width, int precision)
9457 {
9458     wxString typeName = wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT;
9459     if ( (width != -1) || (precision != -1) )
9460     {
9461         typeName << _T(':') << width << _T(',') << precision;
9462     }
9463
9464     SetColFormatCustom(col, typeName);
9465 }
9466
9467 void wxGrid::SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName)
9468 {
9469     wxGridCellAttr *attr = m_table->GetAttr(-1, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col );
9470     if (!attr)
9471         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
9472     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
9473     attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
9474
9475     SetColAttr(col, attr);
9476
9477 }
9478
9479 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9480 // setting cell attributes: this is forwarded to the table
9481 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9482
9483 void wxGrid::SetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
9484 {
9485     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9486     {
9487         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
9488         ClearAttrCache();
9489     }
9490     else
9491     {
9492         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
9493     }
9494 }
9495
9496 void wxGrid::SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
9497 {
9498     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9499     {
9500         m_table->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
9501         ClearAttrCache();
9502     }
9503     else
9504     {
9505         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
9506     }
9507 }
9508
9509 void wxGrid::SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
9510 {
9511     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9512     {
9513         m_table->SetColAttr(attr, col);
9514         ClearAttrCache();
9515     }
9516     else
9517     {
9518         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
9519     }
9520 }
9521
9522 void wxGrid::SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
9523 {
9524     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9525     {
9526         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9527         attr->SetBackgroundColour(colour);
9528         attr->DecRef();
9529     }
9530 }
9531
9532 void wxGrid::SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
9533 {
9534     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9535     {
9536         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9537         attr->SetTextColour(colour);
9538         attr->DecRef();
9539     }
9540 }
9541
9542 void wxGrid::SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& font )
9543 {
9544     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9545     {
9546         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9547         attr->SetFont(font);
9548         attr->DecRef();
9549     }
9550 }
9551
9552 void wxGrid::SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert )
9553 {
9554     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9555     {
9556         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9557         attr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9558         attr->DecRef();
9559     }
9560 }
9561
9562 void wxGrid::SetCellOverflow( int row, int col, bool allow )
9563 {
9564     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9565     {
9566         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9567         attr->SetOverflow(allow);
9568         attr->DecRef();
9569     }
9570 }
9571
9572 void wxGrid::SetCellSize( int row, int col, int num_rows, int num_cols )
9573 {
9574     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9575     {
9576         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
9577
9578         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9579         attr->GetSize(&cell_rows, &cell_cols);
9580         attr->SetSize(num_rows, num_cols);
9581         attr->DecRef();
9582
9583         // Cannot set the size of a cell to 0 or negative values
9584         // While it is perfectly legal to do that, this function cannot
9585         // handle all the possibilies, do it by hand by getting the CellAttr.
9586         // You can only set the size of a cell to 1,1 or greater with this fn
9587         wxASSERT_MSG( !((cell_rows < 1) || (cell_cols < 1)),
9588                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size that is already part of another cell"));
9589         wxASSERT_MSG( !((num_rows < 1) || (num_cols < 1)),
9590                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size to < 1"));
9591
9592         // if this was already a multicell then "turn off" the other cells first
9593         if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_rows > 1))
9594         {
9595             int i, j;
9596             for (j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
9597             {
9598                 for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
9599                 {
9600                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
9601                     {
9602                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
9603                         attr_stub->SetSize( 1, 1 );
9604                         attr_stub->DecRef();
9605                     }
9606                 }
9607             }
9608         }
9609
9610         // mark the cells that will be covered by this cell to
9611         // negative or zero values to point back at this cell
9612         if (((num_rows > 1) || (num_cols > 1)) && (num_rows >= 1) && (num_cols >= 1))
9613         {
9614             int i, j;
9615             for (j=row; j < row + num_rows; j++)
9616             {
9617                 for (i=col; i < col + num_cols; i++)
9618                 {
9619                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
9620                     {
9621                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
9622                         attr_stub->SetSize( row - j, col - i );
9623                         attr_stub->DecRef();
9624                     }
9625                 }
9626             }
9627         }
9628     }
9629 }
9630
9631 void wxGrid::SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
9632 {
9633     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9634     {
9635         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9636         attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
9637         attr->DecRef();
9638     }
9639 }
9640
9641 void wxGrid::SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
9642 {
9643     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9644     {
9645         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9646         attr->SetEditor(editor);
9647         attr->DecRef();
9648     }
9649 }
9650
9651 void wxGrid::SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly)
9652 {
9653     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9654     {
9655         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9656         attr->SetReadOnly(isReadOnly);
9657         attr->DecRef();
9658     }
9659 }
9660
9661 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9662 // Data type registration
9663 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9664
9665 void wxGrid::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
9666                               wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
9667                               wxGridCellEditor* editor)
9668 {
9669     m_typeRegistry->RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
9670 }
9671
9672
9673 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const
9674 {
9675     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
9676     return GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName);
9677 }
9678
9679 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const
9680 {
9681     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
9682     return GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
9683 }
9684
9685 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const
9686 {
9687     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
9688     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
9689     {
9690         wxString errStr;
9691
9692         errStr.Printf(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str());
9693         wxFAIL_MSG(errStr.c_str());
9694
9695         return NULL;
9696     }
9697
9698     return m_typeRegistry->GetEditor(index);
9699 }
9700
9701 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const
9702 {
9703     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
9704     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
9705     {
9706         wxString errStr;
9707
9708         errStr.Printf(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str());
9709         wxFAIL_MSG(errStr.c_str());
9710
9711         return NULL;
9712     }
9713
9714     return m_typeRegistry->GetRenderer(index);
9715 }
9716
9717 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9718 // row/col size
9719 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9720
9721 void wxGrid::EnableDragRowSize( bool enable )
9722 {
9723     m_canDragRowSize = enable;
9724 }
9725
9726 void wxGrid::EnableDragColSize( bool enable )
9727 {
9728     m_canDragColSize = enable;
9729 }
9730
9731 void wxGrid::EnableDragGridSize( bool enable )
9732 {
9733     m_canDragGridSize = enable;
9734 }
9735
9736 void wxGrid::EnableDragCell( bool enable )
9737 {
9738     m_canDragCell = enable;
9739 }
9740
9741 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows )
9742 {
9743     m_defaultRowHeight = wxMax( height, m_minAcceptableRowHeight );
9744
9745     if ( resizeExistingRows )
9746     {
9747         // since we are resizing all rows to the default row size,
9748         // we can simply clear the row heights and row bottoms
9749         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
9750         // some speed optimisations)
9751         m_rowHeights.Empty();
9752         m_rowBottoms.Empty();
9753         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9754             CalcDimensions();
9755     }
9756 }
9757
9758 void wxGrid::SetRowSize( int row, int height )
9759 {
9760     wxCHECK_RET( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, _T("invalid row index") );
9761
9762     // See comment in SetColSize
9763     if ( height < GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
9764         return;
9765
9766     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
9767     {
9768         // need to really create the array
9769         InitRowHeights();
9770     }
9771
9772     int h = wxMax( 0, height );
9773     int diff = h - m_rowHeights[row];
9774
9775     m_rowHeights[row] = h;
9776     int i;
9777     for ( i = row;  i < m_numRows;  i++ )
9778     {
9779         m_rowBottoms[i] += diff;
9780     }
9781
9782     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9783         CalcDimensions();
9784 }
9785
9786 void wxGrid::SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols )
9787 {
9788     m_defaultColWidth = wxMax( width, m_minAcceptableColWidth );
9789
9790     if ( resizeExistingCols )
9791     {
9792         // since we are resizing all columns to the default column size,
9793         // we can simply clear the col widths and col rights
9794         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
9795         // some speed optimisations)
9796         m_colWidths.Empty();
9797         m_colRights.Empty();
9798         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9799             CalcDimensions();
9800     }
9801 }
9802
9803 void wxGrid::SetColSize( int col, int width )
9804 {
9805     wxCHECK_RET( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, _T("invalid column index") );
9806
9807     // should we check that it's bigger than GetColMinimalWidth(col) here?
9808     //                                                                 (VZ)
9809     // No, because it is reasonable to assume the library user know's
9810     // what he is doing. However whe should test against the weaker
9811     // constraint of minimalAcceptableWidth, as this breaks rendering
9812     //
9813     // This test then fixes sf.net bug #645734
9814
9815     if ( width < GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() )
9816         return;
9817
9818     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
9819     {
9820         // need to really create the array
9821         InitColWidths();
9822     }
9823
9824     // if < 0 calc new width from label
9825     if ( width < 0 )
9826     {
9827       long w, h;
9828       wxArrayString lines;
9829       wxClientDC dc(m_colLabelWin);
9830       dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
9831       StringToLines(GetColLabelValue(col), lines);
9832       GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h);
9833       width = w + 6;
9834     }
9835
9836     int w = wxMax( 0, width );
9837     int diff = w - m_colWidths[col];
9838     m_colWidths[col] = w;
9839
9840     int i;
9841     for ( i = col;  i < m_numCols;  i++ )
9842     {
9843         m_colRights[i] += diff;
9844     }
9845
9846     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9847         CalcDimensions();
9848 }
9849
9850 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width )
9851 {
9852     if (width > GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth())
9853     {
9854         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
9855         m_colMinWidths[key] = width;
9856     }
9857 }
9858
9859 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width )
9860 {
9861     if (width > GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
9862     {
9863         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
9864         m_rowMinHeights[key] = width;
9865     }
9866 }
9867
9868 int wxGrid::GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const
9869 {
9870     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
9871     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_colMinWidths.find(key);
9872
9873     return it != m_colMinWidths.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableColWidth;
9874 }
9875
9876 int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalHeight(int row) const
9877 {
9878     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
9879     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_rowMinHeights.find(key);
9880
9881     return it != m_rowMinHeights.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
9882 }
9883
9884 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalAcceptableWidth( int width )
9885 {
9886     // We do allow a width of 0 since this gives us
9887     // an easy way to temporarily hiding columns.
9888     if ( width >= 0 )
9889         m_minAcceptableColWidth = width;
9890 }
9891
9892 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight( int height )
9893 {
9894     // We do allow a height of 0 since this gives us
9895     // an easy way to temporarily hiding rows.
9896     if ( height >= 0 )
9897         m_minAcceptableRowHeight = height;
9898 }
9899
9900 int  wxGrid::GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() const
9901 {
9902     return m_minAcceptableColWidth;
9903 }
9904
9905 int  wxGrid::GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight() const
9906 {
9907     return m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
9908 }
9909
9910 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9911 // auto sizing
9912 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9913
9914 void wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow( int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, bool column )
9915 {
9916     wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
9917
9918     // cancel editing of cell
9919     HideCellEditControl();
9920     SaveEditControlValue();
9921
9922     // init both of them to avoid compiler warnings, even if we only need one
9923     int row = -1,
9924         col = -1;
9925     if ( column )
9926         col = colOrRow;
9927     else
9928         row = colOrRow;
9929
9930     wxCoord extent, extentMax = 0;
9931     int max = column ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
9932     for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < max; rowOrCol++ )
9933     {
9934         if ( column )
9935             row = rowOrCol;
9936         else
9937             col = rowOrCol;
9938
9939         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9940         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
9941         if ( renderer )
9942         {
9943             wxSize size = renderer->GetBestSize(*this, *attr, dc, row, col);
9944             extent = column ? size.x : size.y;
9945             if ( extent > extentMax )
9946             {
9947                 extentMax = extent;
9948             }
9949
9950             renderer->DecRef();
9951         }
9952
9953         attr->DecRef();
9954     }
9955
9956     // now also compare with the column label extent
9957     wxCoord w, h;
9958     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
9959
9960     if ( column )
9961     {
9962         dc.GetTextExtent( GetColLabelValue(col), &w, &h );
9963         if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL )
9964             w = h;
9965     }
9966     else
9967         dc.GetTextExtent( GetRowLabelValue(row), &w, &h );
9968
9969     extent = column ? w : h;
9970     if ( extent > extentMax )
9971     {
9972         extentMax = extent;
9973     }
9974
9975     if ( !extentMax )
9976     {
9977         // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
9978         // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
9979         extentMax = column ? m_defaultColWidth : m_defaultRowHeight;
9980     }
9981     else
9982     {
9983         if ( column )
9984             // leave some space around text
9985             extentMax += 10;
9986         else
9987             extentMax += 6;
9988     }
9989
9990     if ( column )
9991     {
9992         SetColSize( col, extentMax );
9993         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9994         {
9995             int cw, ch, dummy;
9996             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
9997             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, col ) );
9998             rect.y = 0;
9999             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
10000             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
10001             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
10002             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
10003         }
10004     }
10005     else
10006     {
10007         SetRowSize(row, extentMax);
10008         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10009         {
10010             int cw, ch, dummy;
10011             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10012             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, 0 ) );
10013             rect.x = 0;
10014             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10015             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
10016             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
10017             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
10018         }
10019     }
10020
10021     if ( setAsMin )
10022     {
10023         if ( column )
10024             SetColMinimalWidth(col, extentMax);
10025         else
10026             SetRowMinimalHeight(row, extentMax);
10027     }
10028 }
10029
10030 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
10031 {
10032     int width = m_rowLabelWidth;
10033
10034     if ( !calcOnly )
10035         BeginBatch();
10036
10037     for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
10038     {
10039         if ( !calcOnly )
10040         {
10041             AutoSizeColumn(col, setAsMin);
10042         }
10043
10044         width += GetColWidth(col);
10045     }
10046
10047     if ( !calcOnly )
10048         EndBatch();
10049
10050     return width;
10051 }
10052
10053 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
10054 {
10055     int height = m_colLabelHeight;
10056
10057     if ( !calcOnly )
10058         BeginBatch();
10059
10060     for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
10061     {
10062         if ( !calcOnly )
10063             AutoSizeRow(row, setAsMin);
10064
10065         height += GetRowHeight(row);
10066     }
10067
10068     if ( !calcOnly )
10069         EndBatch();
10070
10071     return height;
10072 }
10073
10074 void wxGrid::AutoSize()
10075 {
10076     BeginBatch();
10077
10078     wxSize size(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(false), SetOrCalcRowSizes(false));
10079
10080     // round up the size to a multiple of scroll step - this ensures that we
10081     // won't get the scrollbars if we're sized exactly to this width
10082     // CalcDimension adds m_extraWidth + 1 etc. to calculate the necessary
10083     // scrollbar steps
10084     wxSize sizeFit(
10085         GetScrollX(size.x + m_extraWidth + 1) * m_scrollLineX,
10086         GetScrollY(size.y + m_extraHeight + 1) * m_scrollLineY );
10087
10088     // distribute the extra space between the columns/rows to avoid having
10089     // extra white space
10090
10091     // Remove the extra m_extraWidth + 1 added above
10092     wxCoord diff = sizeFit.x - size.x + (m_extraWidth + 1);
10093     if ( diff && m_numCols )
10094     {
10095         // try to resize the columns uniformly
10096         wxCoord diffPerCol = diff / m_numCols;
10097         if ( diffPerCol )
10098         {
10099             for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
10100             {
10101                 SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + diffPerCol);
10102             }
10103         }
10104
10105         // add remaining amount to the last columns
10106         diff -= diffPerCol * m_numCols;
10107         if ( diff )
10108         {
10109             for ( int col = m_numCols - 1; col >= m_numCols - diff; col-- )
10110             {
10111                 SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + 1);
10112             }
10113         }
10114     }
10115
10116     // same for rows
10117     diff = sizeFit.y - size.y - (m_extraHeight + 1);
10118     if ( diff && m_numRows )
10119     {
10120         // try to resize the columns uniformly
10121         wxCoord diffPerRow = diff / m_numRows;
10122         if ( diffPerRow )
10123         {
10124             for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
10125             {
10126                 SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + diffPerRow);
10127             }
10128         }
10129
10130         // add remaining amount to the last rows
10131         diff -= diffPerRow * m_numRows;
10132         if ( diff )
10133         {
10134             for ( int row = m_numRows - 1; row >= m_numRows - diff; row-- )
10135             {
10136                 SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + 1);
10137             }
10138         }
10139     }
10140
10141     EndBatch();
10142
10143     SetClientSize(sizeFit);
10144 }
10145
10146 void wxGrid::AutoSizeRowLabelSize( int row )
10147 {
10148     wxArrayString lines;
10149     long w, h;
10150
10151     // Hide the edit control, so it
10152     // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
10153     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10154     {
10155         HideCellEditControl();
10156         SaveEditControlValue();
10157     }
10158
10159     // autosize row height depending on label text
10160     StringToLines( GetRowLabelValue( row ), lines );
10161     wxClientDC dc( m_rowLabelWin );
10162     GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
10163     if ( h < m_defaultRowHeight )
10164         h = m_defaultRowHeight;
10165     SetRowSize(row, h);
10166     ForceRefresh();
10167 }
10168
10169 void wxGrid::AutoSizeColLabelSize( int col )
10170 {
10171     wxArrayString lines;
10172     long w, h;
10173
10174     // Hide the edit control, so it
10175     // won't interfer with drag-shrinking.
10176     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10177     {
10178         HideCellEditControl();
10179         SaveEditControlValue();
10180     }
10181
10182     // autosize column width depending on label text
10183     StringToLines( GetColLabelValue( col ), lines );
10184     wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
10185     if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxHORIZONTAL )
10186         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
10187     else
10188         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &h, &w );
10189     if ( w < m_defaultColWidth )
10190         w = m_defaultColWidth;
10191     SetColSize(col, w);
10192     ForceRefresh();
10193 }
10194
10195 wxSize wxGrid::DoGetBestSize() const
10196 {
10197     // don't set sizes, only calculate them
10198     wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
10199
10200     int width, height;
10201     width = self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(true);
10202     height = self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(true);
10203
10204     if (!width)
10205         width = 100;
10206     if (!height)
10207         height = 80;
10208
10209     // Round up to a multiple the scroll rate
10210     // NOTE: this still doesn't get rid  of the scrollbars;
10211     // is there any magic incantation for that?
10212     int xpu, ypu;
10213     GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xpu, &ypu);
10214     if (xpu)
10215         width  += 1 + xpu - (width  % xpu);
10216     if (ypu)
10217         height += 1 + ypu - (height % ypu);
10218
10219     // limit to 1/4 of the screen size
10220     int maxwidth, maxheight;
10221     wxDisplaySize( &maxwidth, &maxheight );
10222     maxwidth /= 2;
10223     maxheight /= 2;
10224     if ( width > maxwidth )
10225         width = maxwidth;
10226     if ( height > maxheight )
10227         height = maxheight;
10228
10229     wxSize best(width, height);
10230
10231     // NOTE: This size should be cached, but first we need to add calls to
10232     // InvalidateBestSize everywhere that could change the results of this
10233     // calculation.
10234     // CacheBestSize(size);
10235
10236     return best;
10237 }
10238
10239 void wxGrid::Fit()
10240 {
10241     AutoSize();
10242 }
10243
10244 wxPen& wxGrid::GetDividerPen() const
10245 {
10246     return wxNullPen;
10247 }
10248
10249 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10250 // cell value accessor functions
10251 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10252
10253 void wxGrid::SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s )
10254 {
10255     if ( m_table )
10256     {
10257         m_table->SetValue( row, col, s );
10258         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10259         {
10260             int dummy;
10261             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, col ) );
10262             rect.x = 0;
10263             rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
10264             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10265             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
10266         }
10267
10268         if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row &&
10269              m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() == col &&
10270              IsCellEditControlShown())
10271              // Note: If we are using IsCellEditControlEnabled,
10272              // this interacts badly with calling SetCellValue from
10273              // an EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE handler.
10274         {
10275             HideCellEditControl();
10276             ShowCellEditControl(); // will reread data from table
10277         }
10278     }
10279 }
10280
10281 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10282 // block, row and column selection
10283 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10284
10285 void wxGrid::SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected )
10286 {
10287     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10288         ClearSelection();
10289
10290     if ( m_selection )
10291         m_selection->SelectRow( row, false, addToSelected );
10292 }
10293
10294 void wxGrid::SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected )
10295 {
10296     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10297         ClearSelection();
10298
10299     if ( m_selection )
10300         m_selection->SelectCol( col, false, addToSelected );
10301 }
10302
10303 void wxGrid::SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol,
10304                           bool addToSelected )
10305 {
10306     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10307         ClearSelection();
10308
10309     if ( m_selection )
10310         m_selection->SelectBlock( topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol,
10311                                   false, addToSelected );
10312 }
10313
10314 void wxGrid::SelectAll()
10315 {
10316     if ( m_numRows > 0 && m_numCols > 0 )
10317     {
10318         if ( m_selection )
10319             m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, 0, m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
10320     }
10321 }
10322
10323 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10324 // cell, row and col deselection
10325 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10326
10327 void wxGrid::DeselectRow( int row )
10328 {
10329     if ( !m_selection )
10330         return;
10331
10332     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
10333     {
10334         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, 0 ) )
10335             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, 0);
10336     }
10337     else
10338     {
10339         int nCols = GetNumberCols();
10340         for ( int i = 0; i < nCols; i++ )
10341         {
10342             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, i ) )
10343                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, i);
10344         }
10345     }
10346 }
10347
10348 void wxGrid::DeselectCol( int col )
10349 {
10350     if ( !m_selection )
10351         return;
10352
10353     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
10354     {
10355         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(0, col ) )
10356             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(0, col);
10357     }
10358     else
10359     {
10360         int nRows = GetNumberRows();
10361         for ( int i = 0; i < nRows; i++ )
10362         {
10363             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(i, col ) )
10364                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(i, col);
10365         }
10366     }
10367 }
10368
10369 void wxGrid::DeselectCell( int row, int col )
10370 {
10371     if ( m_selection && m_selection->IsInSelection(row, col) )
10372         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, col);
10373 }
10374
10375 bool wxGrid::IsSelection()
10376 {
10377     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsSelection() ||
10378              ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
10379                m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords) ) );
10380 }
10381
10382 bool wxGrid::IsInSelection( int row, int col ) const
10383 {
10384     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsInSelection( row, col ) ||
10385              ( row >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() &&
10386                col >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() &&
10387                row <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow() &&
10388                col <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol() )) );
10389 }
10390
10391 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectedCells() const
10392 {
10393     if (!m_selection)
10394     {
10395         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10396         return a;
10397     }
10398
10399     return m_selection->m_cellSelection;
10400 }
10401
10402 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockTopLeft() const
10403 {
10404     if (!m_selection)
10405     {
10406         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10407         return a;
10408     }
10409
10410     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionTopLeft;
10411 }
10412
10413 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockBottomRight() const
10414 {
10415     if (!m_selection)
10416     {
10417         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10418         return a;
10419     }
10420
10421     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionBottomRight;
10422 }
10423
10424 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedRows() const
10425 {
10426     if (!m_selection)
10427     {
10428         wxArrayInt a;
10429         return a;
10430     }
10431
10432     return m_selection->m_rowSelection;
10433 }
10434
10435 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedCols() const
10436 {
10437     if (!m_selection)
10438     {
10439         wxArrayInt a;
10440         return a;
10441     }
10442
10443     return m_selection->m_colSelection;
10444 }
10445
10446 void wxGrid::ClearSelection()
10447 {
10448     m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
10449     m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
10450     if ( m_selection )
10451         m_selection->ClearSelection();
10452 }
10453
10454 // This function returns the rectangle that encloses the given block
10455 // in device coords clipped to the client size of the grid window.
10456 //
10457 wxRect wxGrid::BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords &topLeft,
10458                                   const wxGridCellCoords &bottomRight )
10459 {
10460     wxRect rect( wxGridNoCellRect );
10461     wxRect cellRect;
10462
10463     cellRect = CellToRect( topLeft );
10464     if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
10465     {
10466         rect = cellRect;
10467     }
10468     else
10469     {
10470         rect = wxRect(0, 0, 0, 0);
10471     }
10472
10473     cellRect = CellToRect( bottomRight );
10474     if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
10475     {
10476         rect += cellRect;
10477     }
10478     else
10479     {
10480         return wxGridNoCellRect;
10481     }
10482
10483     int i, j;
10484     int left = rect.GetLeft();
10485     int top = rect.GetTop();
10486     int right = rect.GetRight();
10487     int bottom = rect.GetBottom();
10488
10489     int leftCol = topLeft.GetCol();
10490     int topRow = topLeft.GetRow();
10491     int rightCol = bottomRight.GetCol();
10492     int bottomRow = bottomRight.GetRow();
10493
10494     if (left > right)
10495     {
10496         i = left;
10497         left = right;
10498         right = i;
10499         i = leftCol;
10500         leftCol = rightCol;
10501         rightCol = i;
10502     }
10503
10504     if (top > bottom)
10505     {
10506         i = top;
10507         top = bottom;
10508         bottom = i;
10509         i = topRow;
10510         topRow = bottomRow;
10511         bottomRow = i;
10512     }
10513
10514     for ( j = topRow; j <= bottomRow; j++ )
10515     {
10516         for ( i = leftCol; i <= rightCol; i++ )
10517         {
10518             if ((j == topRow) || (j == bottomRow) || (i == leftCol) || (i == rightCol))
10519             {
10520                 cellRect = CellToRect( j, i );
10521
10522                 if (cellRect.x < left)
10523                     left = cellRect.x;
10524                 if (cellRect.y < top)
10525                     top = cellRect.y;
10526                 if (cellRect.x + cellRect.width > right)
10527                     right = cellRect.x + cellRect.width;
10528                 if (cellRect.y + cellRect.height > bottom)
10529                     bottom = cellRect.y + cellRect.height;
10530             }
10531             else
10532             {
10533                 i = rightCol; // jump over inner cells.
10534             }
10535         }
10536     }
10537
10538     // convert to scrolled coords
10539     //
10540     CalcScrolledPosition( left, top, &left, &top );
10541     CalcScrolledPosition( right, bottom, &right, &bottom );
10542
10543     int cw, ch;
10544     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10545
10546     if (right < 0 || bottom < 0 || left > cw || top > ch)
10547         return wxRect(0,0,0,0);
10548
10549     rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, left) );
10550     rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, top) );
10551     rect.SetRight( wxMin(cw, right) );
10552     rect.SetBottom( wxMin(ch, bottom) );
10553
10554     return rect;
10555 }
10556
10557 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10558 // grid event classes
10559 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10560
10561 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
10562
10563 wxGridEvent::wxGridEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
10564                           int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel,
10565                           bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
10566         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
10567 {
10568     m_row = row;
10569     m_col = col;
10570     m_x = x;
10571     m_y = y;
10572     m_selecting = sel;
10573     m_control = control;
10574     m_shift = shift;
10575     m_alt = alt;
10576     m_meta = meta;
10577
10578     SetEventObject(obj);
10579 }
10580
10581
10582 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridSizeEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
10583
10584 wxGridSizeEvent::wxGridSizeEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
10585                                   int rowOrCol, int x, int y,
10586                                   bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
10587         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
10588 {
10589     m_rowOrCol = rowOrCol;
10590     m_x = x;
10591     m_y = y;
10592     m_control = control;
10593     m_shift = shift;
10594     m_alt = alt;
10595     m_meta = meta;
10596
10597     SetEventObject(obj);
10598 }
10599
10600
10601 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRangeSelectEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
10602
10603 wxGridRangeSelectEvent::wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
10604                                                const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
10605                                                const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
10606                                                bool sel, bool control,
10607                                                bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
10608         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
10609 {
10610     m_topLeft = topLeft;
10611     m_bottomRight = bottomRight;
10612     m_selecting = sel;
10613     m_control = control;
10614     m_shift = shift;
10615     m_alt = alt;
10616     m_meta = meta;
10617
10618     SetEventObject(obj);
10619 }
10620
10621
10622 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent, wxCommandEvent)
10623
10624 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent::wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(int id, wxEventType type,
10625                                                    wxObject* obj, int row,
10626                                                    int col, wxControl* ctrl)
10627     : wxCommandEvent(type, id)
10628 {
10629     SetEventObject(obj);
10630     m_row = row;
10631     m_col = col;
10632     m_ctrl = ctrl;
10633 }
10634
10635 #endif // wxUSE_GRID